Internet Movie Firearms Database - Guns in Movies, TV and Video Games - User contributions [en]

Talk:Squad

2019-05-02T04:24:58Z

OngYingGao: /* Looking for Someone to Take Over Updating of This Page */

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually (since V12 or 11). However, like most other emplaced weapons and vehicle mounted turrets, they are hard to get screenshots of. because
::# You need to set a bunch of commands in singleplayer.
::# For emplaced weapons, you need to be of the Squad Leader class, drive off away from HQ ''on a logistic truck'', place a FOB, run back to the truck to drop the construction points, set an ammo crate, then ''drive back to HQ and rearm as another class'' (because you can't build as an SL), then drive back and build your ammo crate before changing to SL again to build those emplacements (after finding a nice spot with good lighting that doesn't cast shadows), then change back to another class to build it before you take screenshots. If you mess up, you'll need to spend a minute shoveling the emplacement so you can shovel somewhere else for a minute later.
::# For vehicles, you need to be of the crewman class half the time and drive around till you find a spot with good lighting.
::And then you get the problem of disembodied heads (the V13 animations are all the current old animations just with added camera animations), which is especially apparent on the Kopye. This is why I have yet to update the images and articles for the emplaced weapons and vehicle-mounted weapons since V11 (you can tell because the NSV doesn't have the SPP and the maps are using outdated shaders). Nonetheless, please feel free to take screenshots of the weapons if you have the time, it will really cut down the work I will need to do. And by the way, V13 is '''NOT released''' yet, that is a '''playtest'''. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::: Understandable. Sorry if I sounded bothersome. I have Squad but my PC is too weak to play it (and I currently do not have access to my PC). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 01:14, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::::No problem man, I was just taking the opportunity to recruit some guys other than myself to contribute screenshots too, and was hoping you'd chip in since you seemed to have the game too :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:55, 7 February 2019 (EST)

== Looking for Someone to Take Over Updating of This Page ==

I was supposed to be taking new screenshots of the new weapons, new vehicle guns and new animations for static weapons and editing the loadouts and texts, but I'm giving up on this project. The new gimmicks they threw at the game and silly balance changes with the dumb loadout changes basically took whatever I still barely loved about the game and flung them out of the window. So if possible it'd be great for someone to help update the page. Also: the UI has been changed, you may wish to pretty much retake almost damn near everything at this point.

Some tips:
*Have the game open on borderless so you can alt tab between editing the page and the game
*Press ` to open the console and use '''AdminSlomo''' to dilate time for better screenshots. Personally I find '''0.3''' to be the sweet spot that lets me take enough screenshots to choose from without having to wait for an eternity for the rest of the animation to finish
*Use '''Alt''' for freelook to capture some details that the default view would omit. You may wish to set it to toggle instead of hold in the settings so you can take screenshots (F12) mid freelook without having to let go of the Alt button.
*'''AdminChangeMap''' to change maps to whatever you please to change up the colour palette of the screenshots so it's not always sandy (if you're about that stuff like I am). I use [http://squadmaps.com/ this site] to easily find the maps I'm looking for, as variations of the same map may be used for different factions
*'''AdminAllKitsAvailable 1''' for getting access to other classes when on maps '''other than training range'''
*'''AdminDisableVehicleClaiming 1''' for using vehicles on '''maps other than training range''' without being subject to the "minimum members in squad" requirement
*'''AdminCreateVehicle''' for getting vehicles you need. Refer to '''[https://squad.gamepedia.com/Server_Administration#Vehicle_Spawn_Commands this page]''' for the list of values for getting the vehicle of your choice in
*Note that you will still need the '''crewman class''' to get into heavier vehicles such as IFVs, APCs and MBTs.
*Now for static emplacements, you will need a FOB if you are planning to take screenshots '''outside the range'''. You will need to pick SL, set '''AdminAlwaysValidPlacement 1''' so you can place FOBs wherever you want without needing teammates beside you (you won't have any in single player, you sad and pathetic loner!). Preferably spawn a logistics truck and drive somewhere that is preferably on flat ground with good lighting. Set up a FOB and then transfer supplies to it so you can start playing minecraft. First build an ammo crate so you can switch between SL and another class (SLs cannot build because they do not have shovels). Then re-arm as a rifleman or some other class from the vehicle and build the crate. After which, you will need to alternate between being SL and being a digger to get those guns up before you can take screenshots. It's troublesome yes, so if you want to go this route please choose your FOB location carefully else you will have to dig everything up again.

Now with that out of the way, some of the pictures in the discussion page can be used or re-added and amended for V13. The M203 now use different coloured smoke grenades with their coloured ogives, and the spoons now fly off the grenades. Cool, right?

Thanks a bunch! --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:17, 2 May 2019 (EDT)

Talk:Squad

2019-05-02T04:18:31Z

OngYingGao: /* Looking for someone to take over this page */

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually (since V12 or 11). However, like most other emplaced weapons and vehicle mounted turrets, they are hard to get screenshots of. because
::# You need to set a bunch of commands in singleplayer.
::# For emplaced weapons, you need to be of the Squad Leader class, drive off away from HQ ''on a logistic truck'', place a FOB, run back to the truck to drop the construction points, set an ammo crate, then ''drive back to HQ and rearm as another class'' (because you can't build as an SL), then drive back and build your ammo crate before changing to SL again to build those emplacements (after finding a nice spot with good lighting that doesn't cast shadows), then change back to another class to build it before you take screenshots. If you mess up, you'll need to spend a minute shoveling the emplacement so you can shovel somewhere else for a minute later.
::# For vehicles, you need to be of the crewman class half the time and drive around till you find a spot with good lighting.
::And then you get the problem of disembodied heads (the V13 animations are all the current old animations just with added camera animations), which is especially apparent on the Kopye. This is why I have yet to update the images and articles for the emplaced weapons and vehicle-mounted weapons since V11 (you can tell because the NSV doesn't have the SPP and the maps are using outdated shaders). Nonetheless, please feel free to take screenshots of the weapons if you have the time, it will really cut down the work I will need to do. And by the way, V13 is '''NOT released''' yet, that is a '''playtest'''. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::: Understandable. Sorry if I sounded bothersome. I have Squad but my PC is too weak to play it (and I currently do not have access to my PC). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 01:14, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::::No problem man, I was just taking the opportunity to recruit some guys other than myself to contribute screenshots too, and was hoping you'd chip in since you seemed to have the game too :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:55, 7 February 2019 (EST)

== Looking for Someone to Take Over Updating of This Page ==

I was supposed to be taking new screenshots of the new weapons, new vehicle guns and new animations for static weapons and editing the loadouts and texts, but I'm giving up on this project. The new gimmicks they threw at the game and silly balance changes with the dumb loadout changes basically took whatever I still barely loved about the game and flung them out of the window. So if possible it'd be great for someone to help update the page.

Some tips:
*Have the game open on borderless so you can alt tab between editing the page and the game
*Press ` to open the console and use '''AdminSlomo''' to dilate time for better screenshots. Personally I find '''0.3''' to be the sweet spot that lets me take enough screenshots to choose from without having to wait for an eternity for the rest of the animation to finish
*Use '''Alt''' for freelook to capture some details that the default view would omit. You may wish to set it to toggle instead of hold in the settings so you can take screenshots (F12) mid freelook without having to let go of the Alt button.
*'''AdminChangeMap''' to change maps to whatever you please to change up the colour palette of the screenshots so it's not always sandy (if you're about that stuff like I am). I use [http://squadmaps.com/ this site] to easily find the maps I'm looking for, as variations of the same map may be used for different factions
*'''AdminAllKitsAvailable 1''' for getting access to other classes when on maps '''other than training range'''
*'''AdminDisableVehicleClaiming 1''' for using vehicles on '''maps other than training range''' without being subject to the "minimum members in squad" requirement
*'''AdminCreateVehicle''' for getting vehicles you need. Refer to '''[https://squad.gamepedia.com/Server_Administration#Vehicle_Spawn_Commands this page]''' for the list of values for getting the vehicle of your choice in
*Note that you will still need the '''crewman class''' to get into heavier vehicles such as IFVs, APCs and MBTs.
*Now for static emplacements, you will need a FOB if you are planning to take screenshots '''outside the range'''. You will need to pick SL, set '''AdminAlwaysValidPlacement 1''' so you can place FOBs wherever you want without needing teammates beside you (you won't have any in single player, you sad and pathetic loner!). Preferably spawn a logistics truck and drive somewhere that is preferably on flat ground with good lighting. Set up a FOB and then transfer supplies to it so you can start playing minecraft. First build an ammo crate so you can switch between SL and another class (SLs cannot build because they do not have shovels). Then re-arm as a rifleman or some other class from the vehicle and build the crate. After which, you will need to alternate between being SL and being a digger to get those guns up before you can take screenshots. It's troublesome yes, so if you want to go this route please choose your FOB location carefully else you will have to dig everything up again.

Now with that out of the way, some of the pictures in the discussion page can be used or re-added and amended for V13. The M203 now use different coloured smoke grenades with their coloured ogives, and the spoons now fly off the grenades. Cool, right?

Thanks a bunch! --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:17, 2 May 2019 (EDT)

Talk:Squad

2019-05-02T04:17:03Z

OngYingGao: /* Looking for someone to take over this page */ new section

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually (since V12 or 11). However, like most other emplaced weapons and vehicle mounted turrets, they are hard to get screenshots of. because
::# You need to set a bunch of commands in singleplayer.
::# For emplaced weapons, you need to be of the Squad Leader class, drive off away from HQ ''on a logistic truck'', place a FOB, run back to the truck to drop the construction points, set an ammo crate, then ''drive back to HQ and rearm as another class'' (because you can't build as an SL), then drive back and build your ammo crate before changing to SL again to build those emplacements (after finding a nice spot with good lighting that doesn't cast shadows), then change back to another class to build it before you take screenshots. If you mess up, you'll need to spend a minute shoveling the emplacement so you can shovel somewhere else for a minute later.
::# For vehicles, you need to be of the crewman class half the time and drive around till you find a spot with good lighting.
::And then you get the problem of disembodied heads (the V13 animations are all the current old animations just with added camera animations), which is especially apparent on the Kopye. This is why I have yet to update the images and articles for the emplaced weapons and vehicle-mounted weapons since V11 (you can tell because the NSV doesn't have the SPP and the maps are using outdated shaders). Nonetheless, please feel free to take screenshots of the weapons if you have the time, it will really cut down the work I will need to do. And by the way, V13 is '''NOT released''' yet, that is a '''playtest'''. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::: Understandable. Sorry if I sounded bothersome. I have Squad but my PC is too weak to play it (and I currently do not have access to my PC). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 01:14, 7 February 2019 (EST)
::::No problem man, I was just taking the opportunity to recruit some guys other than myself to contribute screenshots too, and was hoping you'd chip in since you seemed to have the game too :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:55, 7 February 2019 (EST)

== Looking for someone to take over this page ==

I was supposed to be taking new screenshots of the new weapons, new vehicle guns and new animations for static weapons and editing the loadouts and texts, but I'm giving up on this project. The new gimmicks they threw at the game and silly balance changes with the dumb loadout changes basically took whatever I still barely loved about the game and flung them out of the window. So if possible it'd be great for someone to help update the page.

Some tips:
*Have the game open on borderless so you can alt tab between editing the page and the game
*Press ` to open the console and use AdminSlomo to dilate time for better screenshots
*Use '''Alt''' for freelook to capture some details that the default view would omit. You may wish to set it to toggle instead of hold in the settings so you can take screenshots (F12) mid freelook without having to let go of the Alt button.
*'''AdminChangeMap''' to change maps to whatever you please to change up the colour palette of the screenshots so it's not always sandy (if you're about that stuff like I am). I use [http://squadmaps.com/ this site] to easily find the maps I'm looking for, as variations of the same map may be used for different factions
*'''AdminAllKitsAvailable 1''' for getting access to other classes when on maps '''other than training range'''
*'''AdminDisableVehicleClaiming 1''' for using vehicles on '''maps other than training range''' without being subject to the "minimum members in squad" requirement
*'''AdminCreateVehicle''' for getting vehicles you need. Refer to '''[https://squad.gamepedia.com/Server_Administration#Vehicle_Spawn_Commands this page]''' for the list of values for getting the vehicle of your choice in
*Note that you will still need the '''crewman class''' to get into heavier vehicles such as IFVs, APCs and MBTs.
*Now for static emplacements, you will need a FOB if you are planning to take screenshots '''outside the range'''. You will need to pick SL, set '''AdminAlwaysValidPlacement 1''' so you can place FOBs wherever you want without needing teammates beside you (you won't have any in single player, you sad and pathetic loner!). Preferably spawn a logistics truck and drive somewhere that is preferably on flat ground with good lighting. Set up a FOB and then transfer supplies to it so you can start playing minecraft. First build an ammo crate so you can switch between SL and another class (SLs cannot build because they do not have shovels). Then re-arm as a rifleman or some other class from the vehicle and build the crate. After which, you will need to alternate between being SL and being a digger to get those guns up before you can take screenshots. It's troublesome yes, so if you want to go this route please choose your FOB location carefully else you will have to dig everything up again.

Now with that out of the way, some of the pictures in the discussion page can be used or re-added and amended for V13. The M203 now use different coloured smoke grenades with their coloured ogives, and the spoons now fly off the grenades. Cool, right?

Thanks a bunch! --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:17, 2 May 2019 (EDT)

Squad

2019-05-02T03:54:49Z

OngYingGao: /* Colt M4 Carbine */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights (with a KAC foregrip), with the latter losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light and heavy anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but may be equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower. Bizarrely, the heavy anti-tank use them as a secondary launcher to their [[Squad#Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS|AT4-CS]] launchers.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, its warhead is designed to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier, combat engineer and machine gunner.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:51:08Z

OngYingGao: /* M67 Frag Grenade */ Updated to V13

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights, with the former losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light and heavy anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but may be equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower. Bizarrely, the heavy anti-tank use them as a secondary launcher to their [[Squad#Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS|AT4-CS]] launchers.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, its warhead is designed to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier, combat engineer and machine gunner.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:46:42Z

OngYingGao: /* M72A7 LAW */ Updated to V13

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights, with the former losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light and heavy anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but may be equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower. Bizarrely, the heavy anti-tank use them as a secondary launcher to their [[Squad#Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS|AT4-CS]] launchers.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, its warhead is designed to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:38:37Z

OngYingGao: /* M249 Paratrooper */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights, with the former losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:36:55Z

OngYingGao: /* M249 Paratrooper */ Updated for V13

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights, with the former losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no frag grenades.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:33:03Z

OngYingGao: /* Colt M4 Carbine */ Updated US Army component for V13

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights, with the former losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-05-02T03:05:59Z

OngYingGao: /* Beretta M9A1 */ Updated for V13

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer, and feeds from 15-round box magazines. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]

==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Talk:SVD Dragunov

2019-02-07T17:16:59Z

OngYingGao: /* Dragunov */

==Additional Variants==

[[File:SVDIronSights.jpg|thumb|none|450px|SVD Dragunov with scope removed - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:SVD Tigr.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Russian hunting carbine Tigr, civilian version of SVD with PSO-1 scope - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:NSG-85.jpg|thumb|none|450px|NSG-85 / CS/LR-19 - 7.62x54mm R]]

===Airsoft Variants===
[[File:Airsoft Fake SVD.jpg|thumb|none|450px|'''Airsoft''' Tokyo Marui [[AK-47]] tuned with the "Dragunov Conversion Kit" to look like an SVD rifle. This conversion is popular among certain airsoft players, as it is cheaper by about 70% of what a genuine SVD rifle would cost, plus the gun is still capable of fully automatic fire.]]

== The Killer ==

Can anyone say for sure that the gun Chow Yun-Fat uses in The Killer is a Dragunov SVD? It looks to me more like a Romanian Romak-3 or similar. The stock doesn't look like a Dragunov SVD stock. Is anyone else 100% sure it's a Dragunov? [[User:Brandtbl|Brandtbl]] 05:32, 2 June 2008 (UTC)

:I wrote about this on IMFDB's ''[[The Killer]]'' page. It's not an SVD at all; it's a Norinco Type 56 ([[AK-47#AKM|AKM]]) assault rifle visually modified to look like an SVD. One of the armorers who worked on the movie has testified to this on a web site I used to visit; he said that they had to use a Norinco AK because they couldn't import a real SVD into Hong Kong in time to film the scene.

== ATM Machine Syndrome ==

This article should be renamed either to "SVD" or "Dragunov sniper rifle". SVD is an acronym which, translated, means "Dragunov sniper rifle". Therefore, to say SVD Dragunov is analogous to saying "Dragunov sniper rifle Dragunov", it's redundant. --[[User:MattyDienhoff|MattyDienhoff]] 04:29, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

:That's what a generation of GIs/firearms authors called it (1960s-1990s). Besides SVD is "Sniper Rifle Dragunov" in Russian, so you can see the Dragunov as an addendum to the SVD name. [[User:MoviePropMaster2008|MoviePropMaster2008]] 05:32, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

Snayperskaya Vintovka Dragunova; Снаыперская Винтовка Драгунова. --[[Special:Contributions/184.35.26.57|184.35.26.57]] 21:27, 8 April 2010 (UTC)

:Ага, винтовка именно для снаыпэров.

::да --[[Special:Contributions/74.177.182.24|74.177.182.24]] 03:59, 11 April 2010 (UTC)

:::lol. Not "СнаЫперская" (it sounds very funny in Russian... like red-neck slang), but "СнаЙперская".

::::Old discussion, but shouldn't the proper designation be SVD-63? I don't understand the constant use of "popular" names half the time, but then insisting on not using them the other half. Shouldn't we be always using what's correct and educating people so things like "Dragunov sniper rifle" become less common? The MAC M-10 is another example that comes to mind. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 21:43, 28 July 2016 (EDT)
:::::It was never called SVD-63, just SVD. I have a Soviet Army manual for SVD, it is called "7,62-мм снайперская винтовка Драгунова (СВД)" - "7.62mm Dragunov sniper rifle (SVD)". The year generally weren't used in names of Soviet post-war guns (AK-74 is a rare exception). [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 02:36, 29 July 2016 (EDT)
::::::My mistake on that part then, thanks for the correction, but the rest is still relevant. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 01:31, 31 July 2016 (EDT)

== Dragunov ==

The designer of SVU isn't Dragunov, it's Bondarev[http://zonawar.ru/rash_guns/rg_vintovki_svu-as_eng.html]. Thus the page will have ''Dragunov SVD'' and ''Bondarev SVU'', unless there is a reasonable reason against. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:07, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:Nobody has ever heard of Bondarev and all he did was re-work an existing design. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:10, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::What's next, put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant? Dragunov wasn't the exact designer of SVU, thus shouldn't be put in the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:22, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::Well, it's commonly still known as the Dragunov and I don't think it's ever been called the "Bondarev SVU" (except perhaps by Bondarev himself). Googling I get 36,400 results for "Dragunov SVU" and ''none'' for "Bondarev SVU." And I had to check world.guns.ru for this (which uses neither), so it's your fault if my computer catches the clap. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:30, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::Googled "Dragunov SVU" and the results are wikis, Facebook and Flickr (which borrow material from wikis). ''None'' serious source calls the weapon "Dragunov SVU". It is true that designers of [http://www.tsniitochmash.ru/ TsNIITochMash] and [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/predpr_a.html TsKIB SOO] aren't much known to the Western world, in comparison to the designers of [http://www.izhmash.ru/eng/ IzhMash] (Dragunov, Kalashnikov) and [http://imzcorp.com/en/company/open/weapon.html IzhMekh] (Makarov, Yarygin). Does that mean they should be ignored? NO! They are still known [http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&source=hp&biw=1280&bih=894&q=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&gbv=2&oq=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&aq=f&aqi=&aql=&gs_sm=e&gs_upl=1929l4257l0l6122l12l9l0l2l2l0l494l835l3-1.1l2l0 in Russian sources]. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:48, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::But equally no serious source calls it the Bondarev SVU. It's called the Dragunov SVU because it's the SVU version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:56, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::Okay, a deal. Just omit the Dragunov part from the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:01, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::So, um, we'd just be calling it "short sniper rifle?" [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:04, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::It's called SVU, not SVDU. This isn't like AKS-74U. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:06, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Yeah, but it's the SVU (short sniper rifle) version of the SVD (Dragunov sniper rifle). I wouldn't say "Dragunov SVU" is an incorrect way to render what it actually is in English; Dragunov isn't being used as the name of the designer in this context, but as the name of the ''rifle''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:19, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::Sure, SVD is called Dragunov, but ''not'' SVU. It's a different weapon, a bullpup conversion of SVD. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:25, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::Work done. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:13, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::::And undone. I said ''not'' to do that. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:20, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::::And why? You haven't provided the counterargument, thus I assumed you didn't disagree. BTW, looking at the page's history it appears to have been easier to just put Dragunov back into titles, than make a revert and then go on a edit spree. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:What I'm saying is it makes grammatical sense in English to call it Dragunov SVU. Also, my second edit was basically reverting the first, if you noticed. The one thing I keep forgetting is that clicking rollback doesn't give you an edit screen. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:39, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::If it made sense, you would have seen it being confirmed by sources. And it is ''not''. The current calling of SVU as 'Dragunov SVU' is parroting the Wikipedia's SVU page title. Even if you read the sources there, you would see no mention of 'Dragunov SVU'. Because it ''is'' incorrect. Also, the SVD variants elaborated descriptions are returned to the previous randomized state, which says otherwise. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:56, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::SVU just means short sniper rifle. SVU Dragunov says which short sniper rifle it is (a short Dragunov sniper rifle). This ''makes sense''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:58, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::As I've already said: should we put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant, and Kalashnikov in front every AK-47 variant? SVU isn't simply short SVD (as AKS-74U to AK-74, like I've already said), it is a bullpup conversion (again, said). We might as well say NDM-86 Dragunov, because that's what it is. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:10, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::The rifle is called the Dragunov in English. The SVU is a short Dragunov sniper rifle. If the generic for the Ar-15 was "Stoner" rather than "AR-15" then you might concievably add it in that fashion, but it isn't so you don't. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:45, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::It is called Dragunov (Драгунов) in Russian as well. ''Only'' SVD is called Dragunov. SVU isn't short Dragunov sniper rifle, it is bullpup conversion of Dragunov, made by different manufacturers. Otherwise we should call the NDM-86 'NDM-86 Dragunov' and any other Dragunov clone should get Dragunov in its title by such logic. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:17, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::A bullpup conversion of the Dragunov rifle ''is'' a short version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 11:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::But it is ''not'' Dragunov, it is a derivative of it. In fact, the manufacturing designation for SVU is '''OTs-03''' (with the variants being called '''OTs-03A''' and '''OTs-03AS'''. '''SVU''' is military designation, and Dragunov part is ''nowhere'' to be found. And IMFDB is about the proper names for weapons, not what someone decided randomly calling the weapon because its design is related to the other weapon. Its presense on the SVD page is enough, no need to put 'Dragunov' to it, just like there is no 'Dragunov' attached to the name of any other Dragunov clone. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 12:50, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::In case of doubt:
:::::::::Factory designation on: [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/sgv_prod_a.html TsKIB SOO], [http://kbptula.ru/eng/str/strelk/oc03.htm KBP];
:::::::::Military designation on: Modern Firearms, [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/svu.htm Military Today].
:::::::::--[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 01:21, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Actually, it's the most common Western name that's used. Hence using NATO names for Russian MANPADS and such. Also, please don't link to world.guns.ru, that site is full of malware. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 02:15, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::'Dragunov SVU' - the most common Western name that's used? Please provide a link. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 03:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::Um, 36,400 google results is common. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 03:35, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Please, be more specific. You can type everything you want in the Google, including complete nonsense, and there will be results for it. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 06:47, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, just give it a rest. I'm not convinced this is a change there is any particular need to make. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 06:52, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::I fail to see why you so defensive about the Dragunov part. It's like you are Dragunov's relative and want it to remain there for everyone to see and take for granted (even though you won't see such bias from non-wiki sources (to which IMFDB kind of related, because of 'first one to come, gets the cookie, and won't share it with anyone' nature (and that's not limited to SVU page). --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:00, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::I don't see why you're so adamant it needs to be removed. See how this goes in circles endlessly? Like I said, just stop. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Actually, my point was that IMFDB should use the names that are backed up by respectable sources. Or am I wrong and IMFDB has it in the rules that the made up names can be used? So? --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:13, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::What part of "stop" is giving you trouble here? Discussion is over. Move along. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:16, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::In that case, I'm calling even ''more'' admins. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:18, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Also, you want a respectable source? [http://articles.janes.com/articles/Janes-Infantry-Weapons/OTs-03AS-Dragunov-SVU-7-62-mm-sniper-rifle-Russian-Federation.html Jane's]. There you are. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:24, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::"The OTs-03AS Dragunov 7.62 mm sniper rifle, '''or''' SVU". Not that that would be enough to persuade you, so... --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:31, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::So you read the heading ("OTs-03AS Dragunov SVU"), read that they call it the Dragunov (which you insisted nobody does), and then concluded that you're still right? Get out. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:33, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Yeah, put any related term into the title and that's how it is. Ironically, this particular Jane’s article doesn't know about the actual differences between OTs-03 / SVU variants, thus raising the question why shouldn't the info be taken with scepticism. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:44, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, enough. Knock this off until and unless another admin posts here or I'll ban you for three days. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:46, 11 November 2011 (CST)

Masterius, where you took info about Bondarev? Any Russian source doesn't mention it. Only Dragunov. May be Borat Sogdiev has written a new fundamental source about weapon? :)) [[User:Flexo|Flexo]] 13:46, 30 December 2011 (CST)

: Holy shit was that a pointless waste of time. I feel sorry for Evil Tim. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 18:17, 19 August 2013 (EDT)

:: Sorry for the necro, but I still don't see what's wrong with just calling it an SVU. Sure it just means "short sniper rifle", but it's still its true name, and I don't see any other rifle one could possibly mix this up with. As long as it's on this page, I don't foresee anyone thinking its original design was Dragunov. Hell, even the variants are captioned simply as "SVU-A" and "SVU-AS" without the "Dragunov" suffix.
::In the first place, is there really a need to call this page "SVD '''Dragunov'''"? Isn't that kinda redundant and wrong? What makes it any different from calling a Type 1 AK an "AK Kalashnnikov", or calling a BAR a "Browning BAR"? Sure Masterius was pretty needlessly aggressive but I do see some reason behind this. He did also cite sources to back his point that "SVU" is as proper a designation as "OTs-03". --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 12:16, 7 February 2019 (EST)

== SVU looking good with that paint job! ==

Does anyone else think the picture we currently have of the non SVU-A or SVU-AS version of the rifle looks really good with that paint job? [[User:Jeddostotle7|Jeddostotle7]] 22:55, 28 July 2012 (CDT)

Personally, I think it looks kind of mall ninja-ish. Maybe if it were green or tan and brown, but black and red? Where's the user going to be hiding, in the midst of a forest fire? [[User:Spartan198|Spartan198]] ([[User talk:Spartan198|talk]]) 03:26, 3 February 2014 (EST)

== SVU-AS ==

I'm getting a headache from trying to find a good image of an actual SVU-AS that also shows the fire-selector. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:06, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:What about [https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/9a/%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1.jpg this one]? [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:23, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::I only can see one detent for semi, a detent for full-auto would be in the middle above semi. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:39, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::Is it possible they just don't ''have'' the detent and you're supposed to just find the middle position by feeling the mechanism engage rather than the selector click into it? Maybe they had the middle position on the A but then decided they didn't need it or something? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:45, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::You can easily see it on [http://voenservice.ru/uploads/article/article/logo/45f02ec06fcc1031f4182a7f61e068eee984dced.jpg this] This is a SVU-A, an SVU-AS has a bipod. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:47, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::This is also a SVU-A. [[Image:SVU-A.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-A Dragunov - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:49, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::Yeah, but what if the AS just uses the fullauto innards with the standard SVU receiver? If you can't find one with the AS bipod and the A detent, that would be the most logical conclusion, I'd think? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:51, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::AFAIK, AS only differs from A by adding a bipod, all other features are the same. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:56, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::[https://pp.vk.me/c621318/v621318562/1c299/nyDQs6TTkE8.jpg A close view of the receiver]. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:03, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::It's that I don't know what I'm looking for, I've searched for hours and I can't find a image I can put on this site. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:15, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::Oh, sorry about the blops 2 thing Tim, I didn't know it was called an AS in-game. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:21, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::You are searching "SVU-AS", I guess? Maybe [https://www.google.ru/search?newwindow=1&hl=ru&site=imghp&tbm=isch&source=hp&biw=1920&bih=1046&q=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&oq=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&gs_l=img.3..0i30j0i24l6.1285.4104.0.4722.4.4.0.0.0.0.155.503.0j4.4.0....0...1ac.1.64.img..1.3.359.R6grkyChVos the search of the Russian title "СВУ-АС"] would help. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:34, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::::The only ones I found are airsoft ones... [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 05:19, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::I worked hard fixing up this pic, if you look closely you can make out the middle detent for full-auto. If anyone can find a better image by all means override this one. [[Image:SVU-AS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-AS Dragunov with its bipod - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 06:38, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::On a semi-related note, is that a suppressor on the end, or just a massive flash hider? [[User:Pyr0m4n14c|Pyr0m4n14c]] ([[User talk:Pyr0m4n14c|talk]]) 18:09, 27 March 2017 (EDT)
:::::::::::I think it's a rather small suppressor, with a muzzle break peeking out on the end.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:49, 27 March 2017 (EDT)

== SVD-M ==

The so-called SVD-M, which apparently refers to Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture (like the Tiger Carbine reference image on the main page), appears to be a fabricated term. These "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" are apparently just normal SVDs in Russian sources. An actual weapon designated [https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html SVDM] entered service in ''[https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html 2018]'', and it's quite different from just being "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture", featuring the SVDS folding stock and Picatinny rails. For this reason, I think we should stop referring to the "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" as SVD-Ms.
[[File:SVDM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVDM - 7.62x54mm R]] --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:24, 1 January 2019 (EST)

:Seems to me we just need to be more careful differentiating SVD-M (old variant with synthetic furnishings) and SVDM (new Russian version). Since the term SVD-M was added to this page in 2010 (it appears to have originated from ''Jane's Infantry Weapons'') while the Russian SVDM has only existed for about six months, it's obviously not the same thing, and given the synthetic furnished one is indeed "modernized" (or was back when it first came out), it's not like it's an inaccurate designation, and it's useful for distinguishing a specific model even if the manufacturer doesn't bother to distinguish it themselves.
:Also, with regards to the edit you made on Watch_Dogs 2, please don't send people off to look at a description on a different page, we're fine duplicating a description so people can stay on the page they're actually reading. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 14:08, 5 January 2019 (EST)

Right OK. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 14:13, 5 January 2019 (EST)
::I don't know if Jane's Infantry Weapons truly refers to as such (to me it seems weird to use this term if ''even'' the manufacturer doesn't use it), but one sure thing is that the info on the page needs some bit of rewording about where the designation came from and the like; currently it kinda reads like ''exclusively'' this wiki decided to use this term. --[[User:Ultimate94ninja|Ultimate94ninja]] ([[User talk:Ultimate94ninja|talk]]) 13:34, 6 January 2019 (EST)

I feel that if the manufacturer doesn't distingush between the two, we shouldn't either, at least not with something as official-sounding as "SVD-M". What's so bad about "SVD with synthetic furniture" that we need a new designation for it, especially one that can be confused with an ''actual'' variant of the SVD? --[[User:Tamarin88|Tamarin88]] ([[User talk:Tamarin88|talk]]) 08:12, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::: I don't see a problem with us using it internally within this wiki to distinguish it from the older models, similarly how we use the 'R' on newer SIG-Sauer pistols to distinguish them from the older ones even though SIG itself doesn't do it that way. We should note of course this is not any official designation and merely a matter of an internal identifier, but again I don't see the big deal with doing it that way especially since there is precedent for it on the site. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 12:21, 7 January 2019 (EST)
:::: This is different from the R designation, in that SVD-M and SVDM are too similar names and designate completely different things, which can become confusing. The use of the P226R name on IMFDB is used to reduce confusion ambiguities, but the SVD-M situation only increases confusion. It's like if we called improved P226s SIG-Sauer P227s. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 12:55, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::::: We don't really need to give a new name for something that doesn't even have one. It's exactly as Wuzh says, we're making 2 things share the same name. Personally I just refer to it as "polymer SVD" or "post-90s variant of the SVD", it's just a little longer. I mean, if a Galil ARM with polymer handguards is still a Galil ARM, why must we rename an SVD with polymer furniture? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 12:02, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Talk:SVD Dragunov

2019-02-07T17:07:58Z

OngYingGao: /* SVD-M */

==Additional Variants==

[[File:SVDIronSights.jpg|thumb|none|450px|SVD Dragunov with scope removed - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:SVD Tigr.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Russian hunting carbine Tigr, civilian version of SVD with PSO-1 scope - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:NSG-85.jpg|thumb|none|450px|NSG-85 / CS/LR-19 - 7.62x54mm R]]

===Airsoft Variants===
[[File:Airsoft Fake SVD.jpg|thumb|none|450px|'''Airsoft''' Tokyo Marui [[AK-47]] tuned with the "Dragunov Conversion Kit" to look like an SVD rifle. This conversion is popular among certain airsoft players, as it is cheaper by about 70% of what a genuine SVD rifle would cost, plus the gun is still capable of fully automatic fire.]]

== The Killer ==

Can anyone say for sure that the gun Chow Yun-Fat uses in The Killer is a Dragunov SVD? It looks to me more like a Romanian Romak-3 or similar. The stock doesn't look like a Dragunov SVD stock. Is anyone else 100% sure it's a Dragunov? [[User:Brandtbl|Brandtbl]] 05:32, 2 June 2008 (UTC)

:I wrote about this on IMFDB's ''[[The Killer]]'' page. It's not an SVD at all; it's a Norinco Type 56 ([[AK-47#AKM|AKM]]) assault rifle visually modified to look like an SVD. One of the armorers who worked on the movie has testified to this on a web site I used to visit; he said that they had to use a Norinco AK because they couldn't import a real SVD into Hong Kong in time to film the scene.

== ATM Machine Syndrome ==

This article should be renamed either to "SVD" or "Dragunov sniper rifle". SVD is an acronym which, translated, means "Dragunov sniper rifle". Therefore, to say SVD Dragunov is analogous to saying "Dragunov sniper rifle Dragunov", it's redundant. --[[User:MattyDienhoff|MattyDienhoff]] 04:29, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

:That's what a generation of GIs/firearms authors called it (1960s-1990s). Besides SVD is "Sniper Rifle Dragunov" in Russian, so you can see the Dragunov as an addendum to the SVD name. [[User:MoviePropMaster2008|MoviePropMaster2008]] 05:32, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

Snayperskaya Vintovka Dragunova; Снаыперская Винтовка Драгунова. --[[Special:Contributions/184.35.26.57|184.35.26.57]] 21:27, 8 April 2010 (UTC)

:Ага, винтовка именно для снаыпэров.

::да --[[Special:Contributions/74.177.182.24|74.177.182.24]] 03:59, 11 April 2010 (UTC)

:::lol. Not "СнаЫперская" (it sounds very funny in Russian... like red-neck slang), but "СнаЙперская".

::::Old discussion, but shouldn't the proper designation be SVD-63? I don't understand the constant use of "popular" names half the time, but then insisting on not using them the other half. Shouldn't we be always using what's correct and educating people so things like "Dragunov sniper rifle" become less common? The MAC M-10 is another example that comes to mind. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 21:43, 28 July 2016 (EDT)
:::::It was never called SVD-63, just SVD. I have a Soviet Army manual for SVD, it is called "7,62-мм снайперская винтовка Драгунова (СВД)" - "7.62mm Dragunov sniper rifle (SVD)". The year generally weren't used in names of Soviet post-war guns (AK-74 is a rare exception). [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 02:36, 29 July 2016 (EDT)
::::::My mistake on that part then, thanks for the correction, but the rest is still relevant. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 01:31, 31 July 2016 (EDT)

== Dragunov ==

The designer of SVU isn't Dragunov, it's Bondarev[http://zonawar.ru/rash_guns/rg_vintovki_svu-as_eng.html]. Thus the page will have ''Dragunov SVD'' and ''Bondarev SVU'', unless there is a reasonable reason against. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:07, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:Nobody has ever heard of Bondarev and all he did was re-work an existing design. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:10, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::What's next, put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant? Dragunov wasn't the exact designer of SVU, thus shouldn't be put in the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:22, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::Well, it's commonly still known as the Dragunov and I don't think it's ever been called the "Bondarev SVU" (except perhaps by Bondarev himself). Googling I get 36,400 results for "Dragunov SVU" and ''none'' for "Bondarev SVU." And I had to check world.guns.ru for this (which uses neither), so it's your fault if my computer catches the clap. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:30, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::Googled "Dragunov SVU" and the results are wikis, Facebook and Flickr (which borrow material from wikis). ''None'' serious source calls the weapon "Dragunov SVU". It is true that designers of [http://www.tsniitochmash.ru/ TsNIITochMash] and [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/predpr_a.html TsKIB SOO] aren't much known to the Western world, in comparison to the designers of [http://www.izhmash.ru/eng/ IzhMash] (Dragunov, Kalashnikov) and [http://imzcorp.com/en/company/open/weapon.html IzhMekh] (Makarov, Yarygin). Does that mean they should be ignored? NO! They are still known [http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&source=hp&biw=1280&bih=894&q=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&gbv=2&oq=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&aq=f&aqi=&aql=&gs_sm=e&gs_upl=1929l4257l0l6122l12l9l0l2l2l0l494l835l3-1.1l2l0 in Russian sources]. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:48, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::But equally no serious source calls it the Bondarev SVU. It's called the Dragunov SVU because it's the SVU version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:56, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::Okay, a deal. Just omit the Dragunov part from the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:01, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::So, um, we'd just be calling it "short sniper rifle?" [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:04, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::It's called SVU, not SVDU. This isn't like AKS-74U. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:06, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Yeah, but it's the SVU (short sniper rifle) version of the SVD (Dragunov sniper rifle). I wouldn't say "Dragunov SVU" is an incorrect way to render what it actually is in English; Dragunov isn't being used as the name of the designer in this context, but as the name of the ''rifle''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:19, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::Sure, SVD is called Dragunov, but ''not'' SVU. It's a different weapon, a bullpup conversion of SVD. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:25, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::Work done. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:13, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::::And undone. I said ''not'' to do that. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:20, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::::And why? You haven't provided the counterargument, thus I assumed you didn't disagree. BTW, looking at the page's history it appears to have been easier to just put Dragunov back into titles, than make a revert and then go on a edit spree. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:What I'm saying is it makes grammatical sense in English to call it Dragunov SVU. Also, my second edit was basically reverting the first, if you noticed. The one thing I keep forgetting is that clicking rollback doesn't give you an edit screen. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:39, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::If it made sense, you would have seen it being confirmed by sources. And it is ''not''. The current calling of SVU as 'Dragunov SVU' is parroting the Wikipedia's SVU page title. Even if you read the sources there, you would see no mention of 'Dragunov SVU'. Because it ''is'' incorrect. Also, the SVD variants elaborated descriptions are returned to the previous randomized state, which says otherwise. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:56, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::SVU just means short sniper rifle. SVU Dragunov says which short sniper rifle it is (a short Dragunov sniper rifle). This ''makes sense''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:58, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::As I've already said: should we put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant, and Kalashnikov in front every AK-47 variant? SVU isn't simply short SVD (as AKS-74U to AK-74, like I've already said), it is a bullpup conversion (again, said). We might as well say NDM-86 Dragunov, because that's what it is. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:10, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::The rifle is called the Dragunov in English. The SVU is a short Dragunov sniper rifle. If the generic for the Ar-15 was "Stoner" rather than "AR-15" then you might concievably add it in that fashion, but it isn't so you don't. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:45, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::It is called Dragunov (Драгунов) in Russian as well. ''Only'' SVD is called Dragunov. SVU isn't short Dragunov sniper rifle, it is bullpup conversion of Dragunov, made by different manufacturers. Otherwise we should call the NDM-86 'NDM-86 Dragunov' and any other Dragunov clone should get Dragunov in its title by such logic. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:17, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::A bullpup conversion of the Dragunov rifle ''is'' a short version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 11:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::But it is ''not'' Dragunov, it is a derivative of it. In fact, the manufacturing designation for SVU is '''OTs-03''' (with the variants being called '''OTs-03A''' and '''OTs-03AS'''. '''SVU''' is military designation, and Dragunov part is ''nowhere'' to be found. And IMFDB is about the proper names for weapons, not what someone decided randomly calling the weapon because its design is related to the other weapon. Its presense on the SVD page is enough, no need to put 'Dragunov' to it, just like there is no 'Dragunov' attached to the name of any other Dragunov clone. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 12:50, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::In case of doubt:
:::::::::Factory designation on: [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/sgv_prod_a.html TsKIB SOO], [http://kbptula.ru/eng/str/strelk/oc03.htm KBP];
:::::::::Military designation on: Modern Firearms, [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/svu.htm Military Today].
:::::::::--[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 01:21, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Actually, it's the most common Western name that's used. Hence using NATO names for Russian MANPADS and such. Also, please don't link to world.guns.ru, that site is full of malware. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 02:15, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::'Dragunov SVU' - the most common Western name that's used? Please provide a link. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 03:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::Um, 36,400 google results is common. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 03:35, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Please, be more specific. You can type everything you want in the Google, including complete nonsense, and there will be results for it. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 06:47, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, just give it a rest. I'm not convinced this is a change there is any particular need to make. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 06:52, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::I fail to see why you so defensive about the Dragunov part. It's like you are Dragunov's relative and want it to remain there for everyone to see and take for granted (even though you won't see such bias from non-wiki sources (to which IMFDB kind of related, because of 'first one to come, gets the cookie, and won't share it with anyone' nature (and that's not limited to SVU page). --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:00, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::I don't see why you're so adamant it needs to be removed. See how this goes in circles endlessly? Like I said, just stop. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Actually, my point was that IMFDB should use the names that are backed up by respectable sources. Or am I wrong and IMFDB has it in the rules that the made up names can be used? So? --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:13, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::What part of "stop" is giving you trouble here? Discussion is over. Move along. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:16, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::In that case, I'm calling even ''more'' admins. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:18, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Also, you want a respectable source? [http://articles.janes.com/articles/Janes-Infantry-Weapons/OTs-03AS-Dragunov-SVU-7-62-mm-sniper-rifle-Russian-Federation.html Jane's]. There you are. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:24, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::"The OTs-03AS Dragunov 7.62 mm sniper rifle, '''or''' SVU". Not that that would be enough to persuade you, so... --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:31, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::So you read the heading ("OTs-03AS Dragunov SVU"), read that they call it the Dragunov (which you insisted nobody does), and then concluded that you're still right? Get out. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:33, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Yeah, put any related term into the title and that's how it is. Ironically, this particular Jane’s article doesn't know about the actual differences between OTs-03 / SVU variants, thus raising the question why shouldn't the info be taken with scepticism. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:44, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, enough. Knock this off until and unless another admin posts here or I'll ban you for three days. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:46, 11 November 2011 (CST)

Masterius, where you took info about Bondarev? Any Russian source doesn't mention it. Only Dragunov. May be Borat Sogdiev has written a new fundamental source about weapon? :)) [[User:Flexo|Flexo]] 13:46, 30 December 2011 (CST)

: Holy shit was that a pointless waste of time. I feel sorry for Evil Tim. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 18:17, 19 August 2013 (EDT)

== SVU looking good with that paint job! ==

Does anyone else think the picture we currently have of the non SVU-A or SVU-AS version of the rifle looks really good with that paint job? [[User:Jeddostotle7|Jeddostotle7]] 22:55, 28 July 2012 (CDT)

Personally, I think it looks kind of mall ninja-ish. Maybe if it were green or tan and brown, but black and red? Where's the user going to be hiding, in the midst of a forest fire? [[User:Spartan198|Spartan198]] ([[User talk:Spartan198|talk]]) 03:26, 3 February 2014 (EST)

== SVU-AS ==

I'm getting a headache from trying to find a good image of an actual SVU-AS that also shows the fire-selector. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:06, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:What about [https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/9a/%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1.jpg this one]? [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:23, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::I only can see one detent for semi, a detent for full-auto would be in the middle above semi. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:39, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::Is it possible they just don't ''have'' the detent and you're supposed to just find the middle position by feeling the mechanism engage rather than the selector click into it? Maybe they had the middle position on the A but then decided they didn't need it or something? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:45, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::You can easily see it on [http://voenservice.ru/uploads/article/article/logo/45f02ec06fcc1031f4182a7f61e068eee984dced.jpg this] This is a SVU-A, an SVU-AS has a bipod. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:47, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::This is also a SVU-A. [[Image:SVU-A.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-A Dragunov - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:49, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::Yeah, but what if the AS just uses the fullauto innards with the standard SVU receiver? If you can't find one with the AS bipod and the A detent, that would be the most logical conclusion, I'd think? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:51, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::AFAIK, AS only differs from A by adding a bipod, all other features are the same. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:56, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::[https://pp.vk.me/c621318/v621318562/1c299/nyDQs6TTkE8.jpg A close view of the receiver]. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:03, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::It's that I don't know what I'm looking for, I've searched for hours and I can't find a image I can put on this site. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:15, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::Oh, sorry about the blops 2 thing Tim, I didn't know it was called an AS in-game. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:21, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::You are searching "SVU-AS", I guess? Maybe [https://www.google.ru/search?newwindow=1&hl=ru&site=imghp&tbm=isch&source=hp&biw=1920&bih=1046&q=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&oq=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&gs_l=img.3..0i30j0i24l6.1285.4104.0.4722.4.4.0.0.0.0.155.503.0j4.4.0....0...1ac.1.64.img..1.3.359.R6grkyChVos the search of the Russian title "СВУ-АС"] would help. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:34, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::::The only ones I found are airsoft ones... [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 05:19, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::I worked hard fixing up this pic, if you look closely you can make out the middle detent for full-auto. If anyone can find a better image by all means override this one. [[Image:SVU-AS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-AS Dragunov with its bipod - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 06:38, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::On a semi-related note, is that a suppressor on the end, or just a massive flash hider? [[User:Pyr0m4n14c|Pyr0m4n14c]] ([[User talk:Pyr0m4n14c|talk]]) 18:09, 27 March 2017 (EDT)
:::::::::::I think it's a rather small suppressor, with a muzzle break peeking out on the end.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:49, 27 March 2017 (EDT)

== SVD-M ==

The so-called SVD-M, which apparently refers to Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture (like the Tiger Carbine reference image on the main page), appears to be a fabricated term. These "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" are apparently just normal SVDs in Russian sources. An actual weapon designated [https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html SVDM] entered service in ''[https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html 2018]'', and it's quite different from just being "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture", featuring the SVDS folding stock and Picatinny rails. For this reason, I think we should stop referring to the "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" as SVD-Ms.
[[File:SVDM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVDM - 7.62x54mm R]] --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:24, 1 January 2019 (EST)

:Seems to me we just need to be more careful differentiating SVD-M (old variant with synthetic furnishings) and SVDM (new Russian version). Since the term SVD-M was added to this page in 2010 (it appears to have originated from ''Jane's Infantry Weapons'') while the Russian SVDM has only existed for about six months, it's obviously not the same thing, and given the synthetic furnished one is indeed "modernized" (or was back when it first came out), it's not like it's an inaccurate designation, and it's useful for distinguishing a specific model even if the manufacturer doesn't bother to distinguish it themselves.
:Also, with regards to the edit you made on Watch_Dogs 2, please don't send people off to look at a description on a different page, we're fine duplicating a description so people can stay on the page they're actually reading. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 14:08, 5 January 2019 (EST)

Right OK. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 14:13, 5 January 2019 (EST)
::I don't know if Jane's Infantry Weapons truly refers to as such (to me it seems weird to use this term if ''even'' the manufacturer doesn't use it), but one sure thing is that the info on the page needs some bit of rewording about where the designation came from and the like; currently it kinda reads like ''exclusively'' this wiki decided to use this term. --[[User:Ultimate94ninja|Ultimate94ninja]] ([[User talk:Ultimate94ninja|talk]]) 13:34, 6 January 2019 (EST)

I feel that if the manufacturer doesn't distingush between the two, we shouldn't either, at least not with something as official-sounding as "SVD-M". What's so bad about "SVD with synthetic furniture" that we need a new designation for it, especially one that can be confused with an ''actual'' variant of the SVD? --[[User:Tamarin88|Tamarin88]] ([[User talk:Tamarin88|talk]]) 08:12, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::: I don't see a problem with us using it internally within this wiki to distinguish it from the older models, similarly how we use the 'R' on newer SIG-Sauer pistols to distinguish them from the older ones even though SIG itself doesn't do it that way. We should note of course this is not any official designation and merely a matter of an internal identifier, but again I don't see the big deal with doing it that way especially since there is precedent for it on the site. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 12:21, 7 January 2019 (EST)
:::: This is different from the R designation, in that SVD-M and SVDM are too similar names and designate completely different things, which can become confusing. The use of the P226R name on IMFDB is used to reduce confusion ambiguities, but the SVD-M situation only increases confusion. It's like if we called improved P226s SIG-Sauer P227s. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 12:55, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::::: We don't really need to give a new name for something that doesn't even have one. It's exactly as Wuzh says, we're making 2 things share the same name. Personally I just refer to it as "polymer SVD" or "post-90s variant of the SVD", it's just a little longer. I mean, if a Galil ARM with polymer handguards is still a Galil ARM, why must we rename an SVD with polymer furniture? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 12:02, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Talk:SVD Dragunov

2019-02-07T17:02:49Z

OngYingGao: /* SVD-M */

==Additional Variants==

[[File:SVDIronSights.jpg|thumb|none|450px|SVD Dragunov with scope removed - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:SVD Tigr.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Russian hunting carbine Tigr, civilian version of SVD with PSO-1 scope - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:NSG-85.jpg|thumb|none|450px|NSG-85 / CS/LR-19 - 7.62x54mm R]]

===Airsoft Variants===
[[File:Airsoft Fake SVD.jpg|thumb|none|450px|'''Airsoft''' Tokyo Marui [[AK-47]] tuned with the "Dragunov Conversion Kit" to look like an SVD rifle. This conversion is popular among certain airsoft players, as it is cheaper by about 70% of what a genuine SVD rifle would cost, plus the gun is still capable of fully automatic fire.]]

== The Killer ==

Can anyone say for sure that the gun Chow Yun-Fat uses in The Killer is a Dragunov SVD? It looks to me more like a Romanian Romak-3 or similar. The stock doesn't look like a Dragunov SVD stock. Is anyone else 100% sure it's a Dragunov? [[User:Brandtbl|Brandtbl]] 05:32, 2 June 2008 (UTC)

:I wrote about this on IMFDB's ''[[The Killer]]'' page. It's not an SVD at all; it's a Norinco Type 56 ([[AK-47#AKM|AKM]]) assault rifle visually modified to look like an SVD. One of the armorers who worked on the movie has testified to this on a web site I used to visit; he said that they had to use a Norinco AK because they couldn't import a real SVD into Hong Kong in time to film the scene.

== ATM Machine Syndrome ==

This article should be renamed either to "SVD" or "Dragunov sniper rifle". SVD is an acronym which, translated, means "Dragunov sniper rifle". Therefore, to say SVD Dragunov is analogous to saying "Dragunov sniper rifle Dragunov", it's redundant. --[[User:MattyDienhoff|MattyDienhoff]] 04:29, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

:That's what a generation of GIs/firearms authors called it (1960s-1990s). Besides SVD is "Sniper Rifle Dragunov" in Russian, so you can see the Dragunov as an addendum to the SVD name. [[User:MoviePropMaster2008|MoviePropMaster2008]] 05:32, 7 April 2010 (UTC)

Snayperskaya Vintovka Dragunova; Снаыперская Винтовка Драгунова. --[[Special:Contributions/184.35.26.57|184.35.26.57]] 21:27, 8 April 2010 (UTC)

:Ага, винтовка именно для снаыпэров.

::да --[[Special:Contributions/74.177.182.24|74.177.182.24]] 03:59, 11 April 2010 (UTC)

:::lol. Not "СнаЫперская" (it sounds very funny in Russian... like red-neck slang), but "СнаЙперская".

::::Old discussion, but shouldn't the proper designation be SVD-63? I don't understand the constant use of "popular" names half the time, but then insisting on not using them the other half. Shouldn't we be always using what's correct and educating people so things like "Dragunov sniper rifle" become less common? The MAC M-10 is another example that comes to mind. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 21:43, 28 July 2016 (EDT)
:::::It was never called SVD-63, just SVD. I have a Soviet Army manual for SVD, it is called "7,62-мм снайперская винтовка Драгунова (СВД)" - "7.62mm Dragunov sniper rifle (SVD)". The year generally weren't used in names of Soviet post-war guns (AK-74 is a rare exception). [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 02:36, 29 July 2016 (EDT)
::::::My mistake on that part then, thanks for the correction, but the rest is still relevant. [[User:Alex T Snow|Alex T Snow]] ([[User talk:Alex T Snow|talk]]) 01:31, 31 July 2016 (EDT)

== Dragunov ==

The designer of SVU isn't Dragunov, it's Bondarev[http://zonawar.ru/rash_guns/rg_vintovki_svu-as_eng.html]. Thus the page will have ''Dragunov SVD'' and ''Bondarev SVU'', unless there is a reasonable reason against. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:07, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:Nobody has ever heard of Bondarev and all he did was re-work an existing design. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:10, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::What's next, put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant? Dragunov wasn't the exact designer of SVU, thus shouldn't be put in the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:22, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::Well, it's commonly still known as the Dragunov and I don't think it's ever been called the "Bondarev SVU" (except perhaps by Bondarev himself). Googling I get 36,400 results for "Dragunov SVU" and ''none'' for "Bondarev SVU." And I had to check world.guns.ru for this (which uses neither), so it's your fault if my computer catches the clap. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:30, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::Googled "Dragunov SVU" and the results are wikis, Facebook and Flickr (which borrow material from wikis). ''None'' serious source calls the weapon "Dragunov SVU". It is true that designers of [http://www.tsniitochmash.ru/ TsNIITochMash] and [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/predpr_a.html TsKIB SOO] aren't much known to the Western world, in comparison to the designers of [http://www.izhmash.ru/eng/ IzhMash] (Dragunov, Kalashnikov) and [http://imzcorp.com/en/company/open/weapon.html IzhMekh] (Makarov, Yarygin). Does that mean they should be ignored? NO! They are still known [http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&source=hp&biw=1280&bih=894&q=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&gbv=2&oq=%D0%91%D0%BE%D0%BD%D0%B4%D0%B0%D1%80%D0%B5%D0%B2+%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3&aq=f&aqi=&aql=&gs_sm=e&gs_upl=1929l4257l0l6122l12l9l0l2l2l0l494l835l3-1.1l2l0 in Russian sources]. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:48, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::But equally no serious source calls it the Bondarev SVU. It's called the Dragunov SVU because it's the SVU version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:56, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::Okay, a deal. Just omit the Dragunov part from the name. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:01, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::So, um, we'd just be calling it "short sniper rifle?" [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:04, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::It's called SVU, not SVDU. This isn't like AKS-74U. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:06, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Yeah, but it's the SVU (short sniper rifle) version of the SVD (Dragunov sniper rifle). I wouldn't say "Dragunov SVU" is an incorrect way to render what it actually is in English; Dragunov isn't being used as the name of the designer in this context, but as the name of the ''rifle''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 10:19, 9 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::Sure, SVD is called Dragunov, but ''not'' SVU. It's a different weapon, a bullpup conversion of SVD. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:25, 9 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::Work done. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:13, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::::And undone. I said ''not'' to do that. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:20, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::::And why? You haven't provided the counterargument, thus I assumed you didn't disagree. BTW, looking at the page's history it appears to have been easier to just put Dragunov back into titles, than make a revert and then go on a edit spree. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:What I'm saying is it makes grammatical sense in English to call it Dragunov SVU. Also, my second edit was basically reverting the first, if you noticed. The one thing I keep forgetting is that clicking rollback doesn't give you an edit screen. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:39, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::If it made sense, you would have seen it being confirmed by sources. And it is ''not''. The current calling of SVU as 'Dragunov SVU' is parroting the Wikipedia's SVU page title. Even if you read the sources there, you would see no mention of 'Dragunov SVU'. Because it ''is'' incorrect. Also, the SVD variants elaborated descriptions are returned to the previous randomized state, which says otherwise. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 08:56, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::SVU just means short sniper rifle. SVU Dragunov says which short sniper rifle it is (a short Dragunov sniper rifle). This ''makes sense''. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 08:58, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::As I've already said: should we put Stoner in front of every AR-15 variant, and Kalashnikov in front every AK-47 variant? SVU isn't simply short SVD (as AKS-74U to AK-74, like I've already said), it is a bullpup conversion (again, said). We might as well say NDM-86 Dragunov, because that's what it is. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 09:10, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::The rifle is called the Dragunov in English. The SVU is a short Dragunov sniper rifle. If the generic for the Ar-15 was "Stoner" rather than "AR-15" then you might concievably add it in that fashion, but it isn't so you don't. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 09:45, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::It is called Dragunov (Драгунов) in Russian as well. ''Only'' SVD is called Dragunov. SVU isn't short Dragunov sniper rifle, it is bullpup conversion of Dragunov, made by different manufacturers. Otherwise we should call the NDM-86 'NDM-86 Dragunov' and any other Dragunov clone should get Dragunov in its title by such logic. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 10:17, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::A bullpup conversion of the Dragunov rifle ''is'' a short version of the Dragunov rifle. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 11:36, 10 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::But it is ''not'' Dragunov, it is a derivative of it. In fact, the manufacturing designation for SVU is '''OTs-03''' (with the variants being called '''OTs-03A''' and '''OTs-03AS'''. '''SVU''' is military designation, and Dragunov part is ''nowhere'' to be found. And IMFDB is about the proper names for weapons, not what someone decided randomly calling the weapon because its design is related to the other weapon. Its presense on the SVD page is enough, no need to put 'Dragunov' to it, just like there is no 'Dragunov' attached to the name of any other Dragunov clone. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 12:50, 10 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::In case of doubt:
:::::::::Factory designation on: [http://www.tulatskib.ru/HTML_a/sgv_prod_a.html TsKIB SOO], [http://kbptula.ru/eng/str/strelk/oc03.htm KBP];
:::::::::Military designation on: Modern Firearms, [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/svu.htm Military Today].
:::::::::--[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 01:21, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Actually, it's the most common Western name that's used. Hence using NATO names for Russian MANPADS and such. Also, please don't link to world.guns.ru, that site is full of malware. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 02:15, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::'Dragunov SVU' - the most common Western name that's used? Please provide a link. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 03:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::Um, 36,400 google results is common. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 03:35, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Please, be more specific. You can type everything you want in the Google, including complete nonsense, and there will be results for it. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 06:47, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, just give it a rest. I'm not convinced this is a change there is any particular need to make. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 06:52, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::I fail to see why you so defensive about the Dragunov part. It's like you are Dragunov's relative and want it to remain there for everyone to see and take for granted (even though you won't see such bias from non-wiki sources (to which IMFDB kind of related, because of 'first one to come, gets the cookie, and won't share it with anyone' nature (and that's not limited to SVU page). --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:00, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::I don't see why you're so adamant it needs to be removed. See how this goes in circles endlessly? Like I said, just stop. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:06, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::Actually, my point was that IMFDB should use the names that are backed up by respectable sources. Or am I wrong and IMFDB has it in the rules that the made up names can be used? So? --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:13, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::::::::What part of "stop" is giving you trouble here? Discussion is over. Move along. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:16, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::::::::In that case, I'm calling even ''more'' admins. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:18, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:Also, you want a respectable source? [http://articles.janes.com/articles/Janes-Infantry-Weapons/OTs-03AS-Dragunov-SVU-7-62-mm-sniper-rifle-Russian-Federation.html Jane's]. There you are. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:24, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::"The OTs-03AS Dragunov 7.62 mm sniper rifle, '''or''' SVU". Not that that would be enough to persuade you, so... --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:31, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::So you read the heading ("OTs-03AS Dragunov SVU"), read that they call it the Dragunov (which you insisted nobody does), and then concluded that you're still right? Get out. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:33, 11 November 2011 (CST)

::::Yeah, put any related term into the title and that's how it is. Ironically, this particular Jane’s article doesn't know about the actual differences between OTs-03 / SVU variants, thus raising the question why shouldn't the info be taken with scepticism. --[[User:Masterius|Masterius]] 07:44, 11 November 2011 (CST)

:::::Look, enough. Knock this off until and unless another admin posts here or I'll ban you for three days. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] 07:46, 11 November 2011 (CST)

Masterius, where you took info about Bondarev? Any Russian source doesn't mention it. Only Dragunov. May be Borat Sogdiev has written a new fundamental source about weapon? :)) [[User:Flexo|Flexo]] 13:46, 30 December 2011 (CST)

: Holy shit was that a pointless waste of time. I feel sorry for Evil Tim. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 18:17, 19 August 2013 (EDT)

== SVU looking good with that paint job! ==

Does anyone else think the picture we currently have of the non SVU-A or SVU-AS version of the rifle looks really good with that paint job? [[User:Jeddostotle7|Jeddostotle7]] 22:55, 28 July 2012 (CDT)

Personally, I think it looks kind of mall ninja-ish. Maybe if it were green or tan and brown, but black and red? Where's the user going to be hiding, in the midst of a forest fire? [[User:Spartan198|Spartan198]] ([[User talk:Spartan198|talk]]) 03:26, 3 February 2014 (EST)

== SVU-AS ==

I'm getting a headache from trying to find a good image of an actual SVU-AS that also shows the fire-selector. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:06, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:What about [https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/9a/%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1.jpg this one]? [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:23, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::I only can see one detent for semi, a detent for full-auto would be in the middle above semi. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:39, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::Is it possible they just don't ''have'' the detent and you're supposed to just find the middle position by feeling the mechanism engage rather than the selector click into it? Maybe they had the middle position on the A but then decided they didn't need it or something? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:45, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::You can easily see it on [http://voenservice.ru/uploads/article/article/logo/45f02ec06fcc1031f4182a7f61e068eee984dced.jpg this] This is a SVU-A, an SVU-AS has a bipod. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:47, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::This is also a SVU-A. [[Image:SVU-A.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-A Dragunov - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 03:49, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::Yeah, but what if the AS just uses the fullauto innards with the standard SVU receiver? If you can't find one with the AS bipod and the A detent, that would be the most logical conclusion, I'd think? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:51, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::AFAIK, AS only differs from A by adding a bipod, all other features are the same. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:56, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::[https://pp.vk.me/c621318/v621318562/1c299/nyDQs6TTkE8.jpg A close view of the receiver]. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:03, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::It's that I don't know what I'm looking for, I've searched for hours and I can't find a image I can put on this site. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:15, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::Oh, sorry about the blops 2 thing Tim, I didn't know it was called an AS in-game. [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 04:21, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::You are searching "SVU-AS", I guess? Maybe [https://www.google.ru/search?newwindow=1&hl=ru&site=imghp&tbm=isch&source=hp&biw=1920&bih=1046&q=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&oq=%22%D0%A1%D0%92%D0%A3-%D0%90%D0%A1%22&gs_l=img.3..0i30j0i24l6.1285.4104.0.4722.4.4.0.0.0.0.155.503.0j4.4.0....0...1ac.1.64.img..1.3.359.R6grkyChVos the search of the Russian title "СВУ-АС"] would help. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 04:34, 1 December 2015 (EST)
:::::::::The only ones I found are airsoft ones... [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 05:19, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::I worked hard fixing up this pic, if you look closely you can make out the middle detent for full-auto. If anyone can find a better image by all means override this one. [[Image:SVU-AS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|SVU-AS Dragunov with its bipod - 7.62x54mm R. Note 3-position fire-selector.]] [[User:Mr. Wolf|Mr. Wolf]] ([[User talk:Mr. Wolf|talk]]) 06:38, 1 December 2015 (EST)
::::::::::On a semi-related note, is that a suppressor on the end, or just a massive flash hider? [[User:Pyr0m4n14c|Pyr0m4n14c]] ([[User talk:Pyr0m4n14c|talk]]) 18:09, 27 March 2017 (EDT)
:::::::::::I think it's a rather small suppressor, with a muzzle break peeking out on the end.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:49, 27 March 2017 (EDT)

== SVD-M ==

The so-called SVD-M, which apparently refers to Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture (like the Tiger Carbine reference image on the main page), appears to be a fabricated term. These "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" are apparently just normal SVDs in Russian sources. An actual weapon designated [https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html SVDM] entered service in ''[https://kalashnikov.com/en/product/firearms/mle/svdm.html 2018]'', and it's quite different from just being "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture", featuring the SVDS folding stock and Picatinny rails. For this reason, I think we should stop referring to the "Russian military SVDs with synthetic furniture" as SVD-Ms.
[[File:SVDM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVDM - 7.62x54mm R]] --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:24, 1 January 2019 (EST)

:Seems to me we just need to be more careful differentiating SVD-M (old variant with synthetic furnishings) and SVDM (new Russian version). Since the term SVD-M was added to this page in 2010 (it appears to have originated from ''Jane's Infantry Weapons'') while the Russian SVDM has only existed for about six months, it's obviously not the same thing, and given the synthetic furnished one is indeed "modernized" (or was back when it first came out), it's not like it's an inaccurate designation, and it's useful for distinguishing a specific model even if the manufacturer doesn't bother to distinguish it themselves.
:Also, with regards to the edit you made on Watch_Dogs 2, please don't send people off to look at a description on a different page, we're fine duplicating a description so people can stay on the page they're actually reading. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 14:08, 5 January 2019 (EST)

Right OK. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 14:13, 5 January 2019 (EST)
::I don't know if Jane's Infantry Weapons truly refers to as such (to me it seems weird to use this term if ''even'' the manufacturer doesn't use it), but one sure thing is that the info on the page needs some bit of rewording about where the designation came from and the like; currently it kinda reads like ''exclusively'' this wiki decided to use this term. --[[User:Ultimate94ninja|Ultimate94ninja]] ([[User talk:Ultimate94ninja|talk]]) 13:34, 6 January 2019 (EST)

I feel that if the manufacturer doesn't distingush between the two, we shouldn't either, at least not with something as official-sounding as "SVD-M". What's so bad about "SVD with synthetic furniture" that we need a new designation for it, especially one that can be confused with an ''actual'' variant of the SVD? --[[User:Tamarin88|Tamarin88]] ([[User talk:Tamarin88|talk]]) 08:12, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::: I don't see a problem with us using it internally within this wiki to distinguish it from the older models, similarly how we use the 'R' on newer SIG-Sauer pistols to distinguish them from the older ones even though SIG itself doesn't do it that way. We should note of course this is not any official designation and merely a matter of an internal identifier, but again I don't see the big deal with doing it that way especially since there is precedent for it on the site. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 12:21, 7 January 2019 (EST)
:::: This is different from the R designation, in that SVD-M and SVDM are too similar names and designate completely different things, which can become confusing. The use of the P226R name on IMFDB is used to reduce confusion ambiguities, but the SVD-M situation only increases confusion. It's like if we called improved P226s SIG-Sauer P227s. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 12:55, 7 January 2019 (EST)
::::: We don't really need to go through all the work of giving a new designation to something that doesn't even have one. As Wuzh says, it's not a matter of naming something without a designation, it's giving something the same designation as something else which opens up a whole lot of other problems. Personally I just refer to it as "polymer SVD" or "post-90s variant of the SVD". --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 12:02, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Squad

2019-02-07T16:54:09Z

OngYingGao:

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver. It also noticeably uses the original PSO-1 model, distinguishable by its infrared (IR) switch, which is absent in the PSO-1M2, the current variant in service.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover (the polymer variant uses a reinforced smooth cover) and the protruding IR switch below the elevation adjustment knob of the PSO-1 (it would be a flat disc on the PSO-1M2).]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-02-07T16:25:13Z

OngYingGao:

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s variant) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that wouldn't be present on the true polymer variant.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Talk:Squad

2019-02-07T15:55:49Z

OngYingGao: /* V13 update */

Squad

2019-02-07T08:17:40Z

OngYingGao:

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.

[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s model) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that shouldn't be present.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle | SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-02-07T08:14:07Z

OngYingGao:

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.

[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s model) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that shouldn't be present.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units, so their appearance in this game is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle | SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Talk:Squad

2019-02-07T06:08:28Z

OngYingGao: /* V13 update */

Talk:Squad

2019-02-07T06:08:07Z

OngYingGao: /* V13 update */

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually (since V12 or 11). However, like most other emplaced weapons and vehicle mounted turrets, they are hard to get screenshots of. because
# You need to set a bunch of commands in singleplayer.
# For emplaced weapons, you need to be of the Squad Leader class, drive off away from HQ ''on a logistic truck'', place a FOB, run back to the truck to drop the construction points, set an ammo crate, then ''drive back to HQ and rearm as another class'' (because you can't build as an SL), then drive back and build your ammo crate before changing to SL again to build those emplacements (after finding a nice spot with good lighting that doesn't cast shadows), then change back to another class to build it before you take screenshots. If you mess up, you'll need to spend a minute shoveling the emplacement so you can shovel somewhere else for a minute later.
# For vehicles, you need to be of the crewman class half the time and drive around till you find a spot with good lighting.
And then you get the problem of disembodied heads (the V13 animations are all the current old animations just with added camera animations), which is especially apparent on the Kopye. This is why I have yet to update the images and articles for the emplaced weapons and vehicle-mounted weapons since V11 (you can tell because the NSV doesn't have the SPP and the maps are using outdated shaders). Nonetheless, please feel free to take screenshots of the weapons if you have the time, it will really cut down the work I will need to do. And by the way, V13 is '''NOT released''' yet, that is a '''playtest'''. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Talk:Squad

2019-02-07T06:01:17Z

OngYingGao: /* V13 update */

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually (since V12 or 11). However, like most other emplaced weapons and vehicle mounted turrets, they are hard to get screenshots of because you need to enable a whole lot of shit in singleplayer, be of the crewman class for vehicles, and need to find maps that host those factions and then play with angles to get good lighting and good shots. And then you get the problem of disembodied heads (the V13 animations are all the current old animations just with added camera animations), which is especially apparent on the Kopye. This is why I have yet to update the images and articles for the emplaced weapons and vehicle-mounted weapons since V11 (you can tell because the NSV doesn't have the SPP and the maps are using outdated shaders). Nonetheless, please feel free to take screenshots of the weapons if you have the time, it will really cut down the work I will need to do. And by the way, V13 is '''NOT released''' yet, that is a '''playtest'''. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Talk:Squad

2019-02-07T05:47:50Z

OngYingGao: /* V13 update */

=Removed Weapons=
This category is for weapons found in an earlier build of ''Squad'' that is not present in the latest version of the game.

=== Heckler & Koch G3A4 ===
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, which have been zeroed to 400m - why anyone would find this setting useful is up to anyone's guess.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the G3A4 gives a clearer view of the retractable stock and wide handguard.]]

=Discussion=
== Changes to the Page ==
Hi guys, I find that it's a bit odd for the RPK, RPK-74 and RPK-74M to be dumped under one entry, and for the AK-74 and AK-74M (and as a result, AKS-74 and AKS-74N) to be lumped under one entry, so I will be splitting them up. Additionally, for consistency's sake, I will also split up the M4A1 and M4 entries, and while I'm at it, also update the other articles over the next few days. I'll go around uploading images eventually as well when I have time, cheers! While I'm at it, I'll also try to add a bit more details and trivia to the weapons such as their available kits, configurations and magazine capacities (and probably the number of magazines too. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 09:29, 27 February 2018 (EST)

::I think the M4 and M4A1 could stay under the same entry, though I think the M4 is only used by the militia; the US Army only uses the M4A1 if I'm not mistaken.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:26, 27 February 2018 (EST)
::::Nope, with the newest update, the M4 has been added to the US Army as well, to add to the already confusing time paradox that the Russians and US Army exist in. -[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 28 February 2018 (EST)

== Idle state images? ==

What happened to the idle images? Many of the weapons on this page now only have aiming down sight and reload images. They were here a few revisions ago. Not sure why are they being removed. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 07:24, 2 March 2018 (EST)

::Hi, which images do you happen to refer to? Previously, when I came to add the pictures there were only ADS and reload images too, apart from a few engine renders that are unrepresentative of the game. However, I do have a pile of pictures lying around for idles if you want them. In fact, I do not recall touching any idle images as well, because if I did i would be replacing existing images in the database, not uploading new ones. I quite like idle shots as well to be honest. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 07:51, 2 March 2018 (EST)

Example:
[[File:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
[[File:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|none|400px|thumb]]
They were on the page on [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&oldid=1164623 this version], but you removed them in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164639 this edit]. You also removed an M4A1 idle image in [http://www.imfdb.org/index.php?title=Squad&diff=next&oldid=1164640 this edit].

To be honest I have exaggerated the "many weapons" part, but I'm kinda curious (and confused) on why are these being removed.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:26, 2 March 2018 (EST)
::Ah, you were talking about the ones I've added earlier and removed; about those, it was because i'm afraid of making the page way too long since the earlier iteration of the page (before i came in with my image dumps) was a lot shorter and didn't have idles, but if you like them i will gladly add them all back. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:39, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::I would say add them in. It feels kinda wrong (eh) to begin with the sight picture.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 08:54, 2 March 2018 (EST)
:::We seems to still be missing a few idle state images for a few of the pistols, specifically MP-443 Grach, Beretta M9A1, Tokarev TT-33, and Makarov PM. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 09:15, 2 May 2018 (EDT)
::::All pistols added in. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 04:08, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

==US heavy anti-tank?==
So I notice that the US is mentioned as having having heavy and light anti-tank classes, but only the light anti-tank weapon is mentioned. Does the US actually have a heavy anti-tank class? What does it have? Apologies if you simply haven't added it yet.--[[User:Mandolin|Mandolin]] ([[User talk:Mandolin|talk]]) 20:37, 7 March 2018 (EST)
::No, you are right, the US is the only faction without a HAT as of now. However, renders of the [http://media.joinsquad.com/2016/Oct/SeptRecap/javelin.jpg FG-148 Javelin] and [https://media.joinsquad.com/2018/Mar/Recap/at4.png AT-4] have been released from the Sep 16 and Feb 18 recaps respectively. It's my blunder, and thanks a ton for alerting me :P --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:29, 8 March 2018 (EST)

== Latest Update ==

I've mostly reverted Agent's changes as I've found the following:

#Inconsistency in use of terms, some use "player", some use "player character", some use "soldier"/"militiaman"/"militia fighter" and so on so forth with varying capitalisation, so I reverted it for consistency's sake.
#Spelling error of "safety" in one instance
#Italics are inconsistent since some are removed
#"In first person" was removed in one instance
#I've also removed the full stops because it feels iffy for simple clauses to have full stops like complete sentences, and I also try to minimise full stop usage in captions
#The ACOG on the M110 was but an alpha build placeholder so it'll not be an important trivia by full release
#Tense is also pretty inconsistent, some with present continuous and some with past tense, so i'll try to standardise that too. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]])

:#I kept "player" in some instances such as "the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets" when it could ostensibly refer to the guy behind the keyboard; however, the in-game "player character" is the guy doing stuff like reloading weapons, the "player" is not actually doing this.
:#Yeah that was a minor error, not sure how that happened.
:#I kind of feel like there are a lot of italics on this page, which isn't really the norm but I guess there's no rule that says they can't be used this way either.
:#I think it makes the page seem a little boring or redundant when "in first person" is used on just about every idle image. It makes sense to use that phrase whenever a third-person or loadout image is also present, though.
:#Again, full stops are kinda the norm for image captions but if you say so.
:#Also again, a lot of pages usually mention trivia from earlier game builds, I don't see the harm in writing this down anyway. Especially in this day in age when every game has tons of early access footage on YouTube, it helps clarify things.
:#I don't really pay a whole lot of attention to that, for better or worse, but correct as you see fit.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 13:28, 8 April 2018 (EDT)

== "ILAW AT4-CS HEAT" ==

Does anyone know what the hell ILAW is supposed to be? Infantry Light Anti-tank Weapon? Does the BAF actually use that designation? And do they use the HEAT rocket? I heard they used the High Penetration rocket instead. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:27, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
:According to [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/at4.htm Military Today], ILAW stands for Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon, though the full designation is L2A1 ILAW instead of the mixed name seen here. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 10:32, 9 July 2018 (EDT)
::Is there a way to discern between the AT4-CS and the standard AT4 visually? And do you know if the -CS variant is the one the Brits use? --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 10:37, 9 July 2018 (EDT)

== Caption Dumps ==

Hey guys, as some things seemed to have been removed, I'll leave them here like some sort of archive so I can hopefully add it back in when the time comes.
=== M203A1 segment ===
[[file:Squad m203 red.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Loading a set of suitably patriotic smoke grenades - there's red...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_blue.jpg|thumb|none|400px|...and blue.]]
=== M67 segment ===
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Throwing the M67 - note the spoon flying off; this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]].]]

:Slightly unrelated note, can you get a screencap of the GP25 in indirect fire use? That's a neat feature I didn't know about until seeing it in this game.--[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 23:37, 13 July 2018 (EDT)
::As you wish! The indirect fire ability is a feature that died and did not carry onwards to the GP-30, although the GP-25 is still by far most common in the military. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:12, 14 July 2018 (EDT)

=== GP-25 Kostyor segment ===
[[file:09 squad gp25 mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Aiming the GP-25, zeroed to 300m on indirect fire mode.]]

=== IED segment ===
[[file:Squad ied boom 1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Pissing off the regimental quartermaster sergeant with a prank on two weapons crates on the top of the watch tower.]]
[[file:Squad ied boom 5.jpg|thumb|none|400px|I guess there isn't much we can do about this, Sir.]]

== Recent Changes ==

Hey Wuzh, do you think it's better to use the actual name of the firearm than use its British designation? Sure it can stay for the L129A1 since it's a modified LMT rifle, but I was actually thinking of renaming the L85A2 title to "Enfield SA80A2". It feels a bit off to name some weapons after their designations, especially since they have proper names too, like how we don't call the Glock 17 the "L131A1". Same for the AG-SA80, that's the actual name of the launcher, it's just that it was designated L123 after.

Finally, if you are going to add remarks about the zeroing options and tracer frequency, may I assume you'll be applying them to all the other weapons in the page? Only the handguns, grenades and mounted weapons cannot be zeroed, and all machine guns, and the M4 Carbine, M4A1, AK-74, PM md 63 and G3A4 have tracers. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:09, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
:I just think that using full British designations makes things more consistent. As for the zeroing and tracers, I'll try my best to do as much as possible, since my computer can barely run Squad and the game crashed on me a dozen times during my edit spree. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 23:40, 3 August 2018 (EDT)
::I feel that using the actual name is better because some weapons get different designations across different militaries, especially the AT4-CS being both the M136 AT4 and L2A1 ILAW. But if you prefer that I guess I'll rename the Glock 17 entry to L131A1. Also, changing zero and quirks about them (how they reset when you leave ADS) is common to all weapons. You could leave them at the PPSh-41 page (the first weapon in the page that can zero) or the main game description. Finally, with the British smoke grenade, I think the lengthier part of the caption should go into the weapon description, not the caption. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:10, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::We'll discuss some more if some other problems popped up. Right now the weapon names are fine. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:26, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
::::On second thoughts after renaming the Glock 17, it feels even more off to me. I think it's more consistent if we used the actual weapon names in the title, but put their designations in the description like what we already have. After all, while the L129 SSW, L7A2 GPMG and L110A2 LMG are all highly unique variants of other guns known by no other names, the AG-SA80, Glock 17, L2A1 ILAW and even the L85A2 have their own names that they are known by outside the British arsenal. If you give me the green light, I intend to change L131A1 back to Glock 17, L123A2 back to AG-SA80 and then rename the L85A2 to Enfield SA80 A2 (its actual name). After all, the better-known designation is already in the description, and this could help let visitors know about the actual name if they don't already. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 02:32, 4 August 2018 (EDT)
:::::Go ahead.--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 02:53, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== SA80A2 ==

I'm not sure how controversial naming the L85A2 the "Enfield SA80A2" might be, but I find that it's better to name weapons outside of their British designations, so I figured I may as well add my personal explanation. Most of the weapons used by the BAF all have L-series naming designations, but they have other names outside that too, whether it's the L105 (P226), L131 (Glock 17), L2A1 (AT4-CS and MATADOR under the ILAW and ASM designations), L123 (AG-SA80), etc, and of course SA80.

The name SA80A2 is also known to European Defence Agency, [http://armamentresearch.com/british-enfield-sa80-part-5-sa80-a1vsa2/ ARES], Army Technology and some think tanks too, so I decided to name it as such, but of course refer to it as L85 in the description and captions that follow.--[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 03:39, 4 August 2018 (EDT)

== FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update ==

[http://joinsquad.com/readArticle?articleId=313 Recap with screenshots and upcoming content list for V12]. This handguard and flash suppressor are from Austrian StG58... or not? [[User:Terramax|Terramax]] ([[User talk:Terramax|talk]]) 22:25, 2 October 2018 (EDT)
:Yes it is, the StG 58 will also have its bolt catch (but the character doesn't use the bolt release and instead yanks the charging handle like a tard. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 October 2018 (EDT)
Just to update on the update contents, some new videos are showing that v12 will also add an SKS with PU scope, make the SKS bayonet usable (replacing the knife), and a militia M4 with carrying handle and M68 on top of the carry handle. The Russian RPG-7 will also apparently get the PGO-7 2.8x Optic, according to the website. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 17:00, 21 October 2018 (EDT)

== GP-25 smoke grenade ==

I'm not sure which model of smoke grenade is the GP-25 firing in-game, since I can't play the game right now and it's super-hard to find videos of colored smoke being fired from the GP-25 in Squad online. Can somebody check which model of smoke grenades is being fired? [http://www.military-today.com/firearms/gp_25.htm Here's a source for the grenades], and a [https://warbook.info/item/vystrel-vog-25 Russian source with images]. [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/gp25_rounds.jpg Here's a clearer image for the grenades]. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:44, 28 October 2018 (EDT)
:Those are really just recoloured VOG-25s, nothing new. OWI isn't awfully big on accuracy as you can tell from the rest of the page. On that note, it was a shame about the different grenade textures and models, they all got hit by optimisation and now no longer have any markings whatsoever. Hell even the M203 ground markers are the same colour now, they used to be [http://media.joinsquad.com/2015/Nov/NovRecap/m203_rounds.jpg this]. Also, that's a pretty neat Russian site you've got there, it's pretty informative. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:38, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== M4A1 with carry handle ==

Do we have an image of the idle state image of the US Army M4A1 with the carry handle? --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:13, 9 December 2018 (EST)
::I didn't take one, I had thought it'd be cooler to show all the variants through the reload stages instead. Nice work on the AR-15 passages though, I wasn't very confident in how I wrote it. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 06:47, 3 January 2019 (EST)

== V13 update ==

[https://youtu.be/wDn9lCQPCxE V13 update] seems to add the 9M133 Kornet and the BGM-71 TOW, as well as a bunch of reworked emplaced weapon reload animations (which, by the way, we don't have any yet). --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:10, 6 February 2019 (EST)
::The Kornet and TOW were in a looooong time ago actually, I just did not take any pictures or write any paragraph for them because I felt the screenshots were not up to par with the standards of the other screenshots (same for most of the new vehicle mounted weapons). All the animations for the emplaced weapons have stayed the same since the dawn of time, just that they were missing camera animations that have now been added (previously if you play the game you'll realise your camera/head was disembodied during the reload sequences. Additionally, V13 also adds more explosives, a vz. 61 Skorpion and new vehicles with new launchers. '''And also, V13 has not been released yet, this was just a playtest.''' --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 00:47, 7 February 2019 (EST)

Squad

2019-01-25T12:46:45Z

OngYingGao: /* SVD */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer in an attempt to mimic the post-1994 model with polymer furniture currently in service. It also does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is in fact a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:SVDpost1993.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD (post '90s model) for comparison - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed receiver cover, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that shouldn't be present.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

File:SVDpost1993.jpg

2019-01-25T12:43:18Z

OngYingGao:

Squad

2019-01-25T12:16:28Z

OngYingGao: /* SVD */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model of the polymer variant currently in service. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake, which is a modernised variant with a folding stock and a railed upper receiver.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed upper receiver, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that shouldn't be present.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-01-20T14:03:43Z

OngYingGao: /* SVD */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person - note the ribbed upper receiver, the true polymer variant would use a reinforced smooth cover.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer - also note the lightening cut on the magazine well that shouldn't be present.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2019-01-15T11:40:26Z

OngYingGao: moved NSVT, KPVT and PKT to "other mounted weapons"

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

User talk:Wuzh

2019-01-14T13:14:36Z

OngYingGao: /* Weapon Categories for Squad Page */

==Welcome to IMFDB==
Before you do any editing please take the time to read the '''[[Rules, Standards and Principles]]'''. This is a very important document that explains how this website is setup as well as telling you what is and isn't allowed. If it is determined by an '''[[admins|admin]]''' that you have not read these rules, your account will be suspended. Continued non-compliance may result in a permanent ban. After that you should also read the '''[[IMFDB Screencapping Guide]]''' and the '''[[IMFDB Style Guide]]''' to familiarize yourself with the image and formatting requirements for pages you create.

There are a number of pages that desperately need your help. You can find these Incomplete pages '''[[incomplete|here]]'''.

If you have any questions, feel free to post them '''[[Talk:Main Page|here]]''' but make sure to sign your post by typing <nowiki>--~~~~</nowiki>.

Finally, IMFDB has a forum set up '''[http://forum.imfdb.org/ here]''' that is only available to registered members. There is lots of good stuff to see there. If you would like to join the forum, please post '''[[Forum Request|HERE]]''' and an account will be created for you.

Now, HAPPY EDITING! [[User:Bunni|bunni]] ([[User talk:Bunni|talk]]) 20:59, 24 November 2017 (EST)

== "Something is going wrong with the Iron Sights picture" ==

I assume you're getting a message that says "failed to create directory." This is a known issue with our software when people attempt to upload files with certain combinations of numbers in them, the software just doesn't like it for some reason. Try changing the name of the file a bit. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 08:17, 26 November 2017 (EST)

== VK-98 ==

There were single shot VK-98s, here's one:

https://jamesdjulia.com/item/1370-369/

Note the bottom image. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 05:13, 24 January 2018 (EST)

== Dirty Bomb ==

Why is this page marked incomplete? --[[User:Funkychinaman|Funkychinaman]] ([[User talk:Funkychinaman|talk]]) 06:48, 24 February 2018 (EST)
:Yes,please mark as a work in progress. Thanks. --[[User:Funkychinaman|Funkychinaman]] ([[User talk:Funkychinaman|talk]]) 08:28, 24 February 2018 (EST)

== CSGO ==

Oh, I understand, but in the case of the CSGO example you would ''never'' write it out that way when there are multiple types of 7.62mm rounds you might load into the magazine (pistol, intermediate and rifle, for a start). You don't typically need to inform soldiers how many rounds fit into a magazine because the follower has a habit of enforcing the correct number: even if you decided to do so, you'd put the "30" on its own line or write "30 rounds" and then the correct type of ammo to load it with.

I'd wager it's a typo by the texture artist, but there's no real way for it to be ''right'', so we can say it's wrong.

Saying something is wrong isn't a condemnation of the work as a whole: we're certainly not saying we're ''angry'' at them for doing things this way just by saying it's not how things are in real life. And if it was never intended to be correct, then there's no problem with pointing out it isn't, surely?

If a creator decides to do something the real firearm doesn't do, that depiction is incorrect. That's not a value judgement, though: it might make for a really striking design to have parts a real weapon doesn't, or a really cool scene if a gunman fires fifteen shots from a six-shooter.

Besides, videogame developers are much too busy with fans threatening to murder them for nerfing their favourite gun to worry about us :P

As for chatting, there's the forum? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:16, 10 March 2018 (EST)

== FAMAS ==

Trying to work out what is and isn't the Felin system is a path to madness, even the French don't know. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 23:12, 3 April 2018 (EDT)

== The resources about gunworld ==

In actually,the website is can’t to visit,here is a [http://pewpewpew.work/china/rifle/qbz95/upgrad.htm new URL]. [[User:Landwarrior|Landwarrior]]([[User talk:Landwarrior|talk]])

== Uncharted 4 Galil/INSAS ==

Are you 100% sure is a Galil? Just because the Uncharted wikia show a Galil in their page doesn't mean that is a Galil in the game (beside the wikia is not very good for watching infos about the new games). So please make some photos of the rifles (and of the other guns if you can). If you read the IMFDB policy is that usually some pics of the guns IN THE MEDIA are required BEFORE id-ing a gun. No pics means that nobody can correctly identify them better. Shi she (hope is correct).--[[User:Dannyguns|Dannyguns]] ([[User talk:Dannyguns|talk]]) 03:58, 5 July 2018 (EDT)
:I'm pretty sure it's a Galil. I looked up some gameplay footage of the [https://youtu.be/53pvZK8-H-Q INSAS in multiplayer] and it's got the Galil 7.62 magazine, the Galil selector switch, and the Galil bolt handle ([https://i.ytimg.com/vi/JKOdkWmexWc/maxresdefault.jpg also try this thumbnail image]). The charging handle on the INSAS is very different from that on the Galil, located ahead of the breech on the left side, and has been compared to a HK charging handle. Sadly I do not have a PS4 so I can't provide any images. Also it's "xie xie". Thanks!--[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 05:25, 5 July 2018 (EDT)

== WIP vs incomplete ==

Incomplete is unfinished. No work is being done. People purposely creating incomplete pages is a pet peeve for me. The Rules specifically state quality over quantity, so users coming in and dropping an incomplete page is a problem. A first day incomplete is on the short list for deletion. WIP means some work is being done. WIP means a user is accountable. --[[User:Funkychinaman|Funkychinaman]] ([[User talk:Funkychinaman|talk]]) 08:17, 16 July 2018 (EDT)
:Yeah, WIP is when you're currently building the page, and you or some specific users are planning to finish it. The appropriate instance to use the "Incomplete" template is when a page has been made for a while (as long as it meets the minimal IMFDB standards) but has some worthy content missing. --[[User:Ultimate94ninja|Ultimate94ninja]] ([[User talk:Ultimate94ninja|talk]]) 10:44, 16 July 2018 (EDT)

== Airsoft TAR-21 ==

If you're curious, I believe that one exists if you want to show what the iron sights look like, since most pics of real TARs have them folded. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 15:33, 23 July 2018 (EDT)

== Changing "image" to "file" ==

Um, why are you doing that? It literally makes no difference at all. We don't have a standard and we don't need to change one to the other. Also could you discuss it on the Main Page talk page before you start doing something like that? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 15:28, 29 July 2018 (EDT)

== Luger ==

I have an idea why it's so dark, let me try something. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 01:08, 31 July 2018 (EDT)
:OK my theory that it was interpolation was totally wrong and I ended up just taking a screenshot of it displaying correctly at full size and using that. Should start displaying properly on other pages when the server updates, but it's the right colour on the BF1 page now. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 01:22, 31 July 2018 (EDT)

== Re: Used file deleted ==

Sorry for delay, I was very busy the whole week and didn't visit imfdb. As I can see, file A280C.jpg is active, it is used on [[Talk:Star Wars Battlefront]]. And I don't see in file history that it was ever deleted. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:33, 12 August 2018 (EDT)

== LA-K12 Puma shotgun ==

Figured you might want this for your reference chart; it’s another shotgun housed in a QBZ-95 shell and seems to use Hawk magazines and might only be for export to the US and Canada. --[[User:AgentGumby|AgentGumby]] ([[User talk:AgentGumby|talk]]) 17:11, 21 August 2018 (EDT)
:In that regard, there are images of the [[:File:OTs-38 Stechkin.jpg|OTs-38 Stechkin silent revolver]] and the [[:File:MonolithP12.jpg|Monolith Arms P-12]]. The [[:File:RSA Kobalt.jpg|RSA Kobalt]], [[:File:USFA ZiP Gun.jpg|USFA ZiP Gun]], [[:File:SAS-12.jpg|Franchi SAS-12]], [[:File:Cosmi.jpg|Cosmi Lusso Deluxe]], and [[:File:Safir T-17.jpg|Safir T-17]] also have images, though they're not currently used in particular media pages so I don't know if you'd like to include them. The [[:File:MG 39 Rh.jpg|MG 39 Rh]] could also come in handy; it's currently on the MG 34 talk page, but if it makes an actual appearance it will probably have its own page. --[[User:Ultimate94ninja|Ultimate94ninja]] ([[User talk:Ultimate94ninja|talk]]) 15:15, 22 August 2018 (EDT)
::Alright. Thanks. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 21:08, 22 August 2018 (EDT)

== Block Page ==

You are correct, but the graphic also explains why the page is not allowed. --[[User:Funkychinaman|Funkychinaman]] ([[User talk:Funkychinaman|talk]]) 23:09, 8 September 2018 (EDT)
:You are hereby ordered to stop taking things so seriously, on pain of having sharks thrown at you by bears. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 07:52, 13 September 2018 (EDT)
::Every time Bunni creates a new account, the user gets a message pointing to the RSP, Style Guide, and the Screencapping Guide (see above on your own page.) If people actually read through those pages, it'd make things a lot easier for admins. --[[User:Funkychinaman|Funkychinaman]] ([[User talk:Funkychinaman|talk]]) 14:05, 13 September 2018 (EDT)

== RG-14 ==

I see that you splitted the page into RG-14 and RG-14/30. The problem is that both versions look the same (the only difference is another explosive). Even the existance of fragmentation sleeve isn't a reliable proof of 14/30 as it technically could be fitted to original 14 also. We can identify original 14 quite sure only for movies of 1920 and early 1930s. In such movies as ''Shchors'' and ''Parkhomenko'' I identified grenades as 14 only presumably, they could be 14/30s, as well as a grenade in ''Gvozd v sapoge'' (1932) could be original 14. So I don't think that splitting this page in two is a good idea. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 03:00, 4 October 2018 (EDT)

== Honestly I have no idea ==

It looks like some kind of frankenstein job, a Striker-12 shouldn't have a drum advance lever on it, but is has a Striker-12 thumb tab. Is it maybe an Airsoft gun? [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:17, 20 October 2018 (EDT)
:Ok so it looks like what's going on here is there's another variant: you have the Sentinel Strikers which were marketed by Penn Arms, and it seems there's a variant that gets called the "Penn Arms Striker-12" that has the drum advance lever on the back. The Sentinel ones don't. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:25, 20 October 2018 (EDT)
::Yeah, I've rolled back those rollbacks to make it easier for you, quicker than you undoing them. Probably need to add an extra section for the Penn Arms Striker on the Armsel Striker page, though. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 03:32, 20 October 2018 (EDT)

== Enfield SA80A2 and HK AG-SA80 ==

Hey man, I was wondering if it was ok for me to change the titles for the above entries in the ''Squad'' page back to what they were? I know it probably feels inconsistent when you have other weapons titled stuff like "L22A2" and "L129A1", but those weapons are unique and only ever have that designation. On the other hand the SA80A2 and AG-SA80 are actual names, and it would be even more consistent to have them follow the "[manufacturer] [weapon model] naming system we use for the other weapons (think of how weird it would be if we renamed the Glock 17 entry to "L131A1".

I think we also covered this before in the Recent Changes topic of Talk:Squad - [[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 22:10, 10 November 2018 (EST)
:The page itself states that L85A2 and L123A2 UGL are more common than their real names. I think that using the more commonly used designations would be easier for the readers than the [manufacturer] [weapon model] naming system. Glock 17 for instance should stay as Glock 17 because Glock 17 is the better known name.

:In addition, I believe that with a hardcore equipment simulator like Squad, using military designations instead of manufacturer names would actually be more consistent with the game itself. So I argue that L85A2 and L123A2 UGL should use their designations instead of names. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 22:34, 10 November 2018 (EST)
::Gotcha, I've also taken the liberty to split the assault rifles/battle rifles/carbines category to be more consistent with the category changes you rolled out in the machine gun and explosives category. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 23:39, 10 November 2018 (EST)
:::I personally believe that the assault rifles/battle rifles/carbines category should be more mixed together since my other category splits have a level of correspondence to categories is seen in-game (LMGs and MMGs being used by different kits for example), while these three categories are all intertwined due to being used by different kits all the time across different factions. But I guess it's alright. --[[User:Wuzh|Wuzh]] ([[User talk:Wuzh|talk]]) 00:40, 11 November 2018 (EST)

== AK image ==

Sorry, I can't tell the difference. --[[User:Ben41|Ben41]] ([[User talk:Ben41|talk]]) 17:40, 19 November 2018 (EST)
: I just cropped the previous image. --[[User:Ben41|Ben41]] ([[User talk:Ben41|talk]]) 22:38, 19 November 2018 (EST)

== Type 88 on Norinco page ==

Just courious but the Type 88 isn't North Korean made? Why is on Norinco page? You got serious sources which prove that is Chinese?--[[User:Dannyguns|Dannyguns]] ([[User talk:Dannyguns|talk]]) 08:00, 29 November 2018 (EST)

I meant the Type 88 Assault Rifle inspired by the [[AK-74]]. I know that the [[QJY-88]] MG is another weapon (and very cool) but I called it with the QJY-88 designation. On various internet resources states that the Type 88 is the standard issue rifle of KPA. --[[User:Dannyguns|Dannyguns]] ([[User talk:Dannyguns|talk]]) 02:01, 30 November 2018 (EST)

Thanks you. The 3rd link is a bit weird, (it called the Type 88 a copy of a Khyber Pass AKS) but apart from it, the sources looks serious.--[[User:Dannyguns|Dannyguns]] ([[User talk:Dannyguns|talk]]) 02:37, 30 November 2018 (EST)

== On that subject ==

I was about to edit that to

"Look, I am the director, ja? And you are the writer. So I am right and you are wrong, ja?" - Paul Verhoeven, to Joe Eszterhaus

But thought better of it. :P [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 23:14, 30 November 2018 (EST)

== RE Stan ==

First off appreciate the response and the explanation and apology. That's quite big of you. I myself apologize for being rather harsh, I get that way at times. Anyway not much to say except well.. just remember you can't assume because no one said anything that a major edit's ok. And by major I mean a massive change to the site, or a big part of it anyway. Eh you get what I mean. I get waiting for a response can be tough but as I stated elsewhere (though after reading this again perhaps too harshly) this is all volunteer and not all of us have got a lot of free time to check everything, admins included. Again my apologies for the harshness there. 
Now for some of these proposals you can always message one or more of them directly like you've done here and well go from there. That being said, I sent messages to them and they'll likely read my own talk page (or the recent edits) and see maybe this has now chilled a bit. (To you guys, well, it's chilled a bit :P). What's more they should now be more aware of the relevant pages and discussions and perhaps address them a bit quicker. Anyway again, very much appreciate the response, it's cool. [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 23:42, 12 December 2018 (EST)

:Yeah, just give us a poke before you do anything large-scale. And please note that I would rather have a user who acts too rashy than a user who doesn't act at all. You are a valuable contributor to this site, don't ever forget that. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 02:59, 13 December 2018 (EST)
:: Well met. And I also have to agree with Tim - for your flubs you also do a lot of good stuff around here, especially the more tedious and numbing work like categorizing images and the like that almost nobody cares to do nevermind has time for. All told if what I bitched about is your worst, you're doing alright. ;) [[User:StanTheMan|StanTheMan]] ([[User talk:StanTheMan|talk]]) 15:24, 14 December 2018 (EST)

==M16A4 from Battle: Los Angeles==

[[File:BattleLA M16A4.jpg|thumb|none|550px|M16A4 (5.56x45mm) with ACOG scope, RIS foregrip, Magpul MBUS rear sight, and AN/PEQ-15 IR designator as seen in ''[[Battle: Los Angeles]]'']]

I saw that you added this rifle to the [[Talk:M16 rifle series#Other Images#Screen Used Rifles|Screen Used Rifles]] section of the Talk Page for our M16 rifle series. Just to be clear: This is not a screen-used rifle from ''[[Battle: Los Angeles]]''. I asked MPM2008 (who took the picture) the same question myself, and he clarified that it's not one of the screen-used rifles from the film; rather, it is an M16A4 from his own inventory that he configured to look like the M16A4s that were in the movie. (And his company didn't provide any weapons for that production.) -[[User:MT2008|MT2008]] ([[User talk:MT2008|talk]]) 17:14, 15 December 2018 (EST)

== Um ==

I'd rather just have a picture of a weapon with the part rather than the part on its own. It looks kind of silly to just have a detached magazine on the page unless you're making some specific point about the magazine being wrong that requires an illustration. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 08:04, 20 December 2018 (EST)
:I do think it's kind of useful if only because the caption helps with correcting the commonly held belief that the G36 LSW is the MG36. If you can work that into the text, I suppose you could remove it. [[User:Evil Tim|Evil Tim]] ([[User talk:Evil Tim|talk]]) 10:29, 20 December 2018 (EST)

== New BM-37 image ==

New image of BM-37 mortar that you uploaded is of a different version of this weapon than the old one. Your image represents an early BM-37 that lacked the muzzle device, preventing double loading. The image that I uploaded long ago is of late version that appeared in 1943. Most BM-37 in movies are of this late version. So I think that we'll better keep both samples and use one or another in various cases. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 10:29, 1 January 2019 (EST)

== Re:GSN-19 ==

Sorry, I cannot help. I don't take any of these sources as trustworthy, and cannot say which of them is right or wrong. [[User:Greg-Z|Greg-Z]] ([[User talk:Greg-Z|talk]]) 11:09, 10 January 2019 (EST)

== Weapon Categories for Squad Page ==

Hey dude, if we're gonna split the machine guns up, where should we place the PKT? Should we consider it a MMG or dump it with the other mounted weapons? The NSVT is obviously a HMG since it's in .50, but the PKT isn't. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:54, 11 January 2019 (EST)
::in that case shall I also put the NSVT and KPVT in that category too? They're both mounted versions of their respective HMGs after all. --[[User:OngYingGao|OngYingGao]] ([[User talk:OngYingGao|talk]]) 08:14, 14 January 2019 (EST)

User talk:Wuzh

2019-01-11T13:54:58Z

OngYingGao: /* Weapon Categories for Squad Page */ new section

Squad

2019-01-11T13:53:24Z

OngYingGao:

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, their M4 comes with a KAC railed handguard, and is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles with stock carry handle iron sights.

For the Militia, their M4 comes with the older round handguard, and is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Talk:Squad

2019-01-03T11:47:10Z

OngYingGao: /* M4A1 with carry handle */

Squad

2018-12-10T04:03:22Z

OngYingGao: /* RPG-7V2 */ Nitpicking on the "PGO-7V3"

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] feeds from 30-round box magazines, and may either come equipped with either a round handguard or a KAC railed handguard. The former configuration is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, and the latter is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman.

The Militia rifleman's M4 Carbine only has a carry handle rear sight, but his squad leader's comes with a M68 mounted onto the rear sight. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Para==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Para]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Product Improvement Package (PIP), which is likely to be the basis for its in-game designation. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2018-12-10T03:45:22Z

OngYingGao: /* RPG-7V2 */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] feeds from 30-round box magazines, and may either come equipped with either a round handguard or a KAC railed handguard. The former configuration is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, and the latter is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman.

The Militia rifleman's M4 Carbine only has a carry handle rear sight, but his squad leader's comes with a M68 mounted onto the rear sight. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Para==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Para]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Product Improvement Package (PIP), which is likely to be the basis for its in-game designation. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", an apt name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].

[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7V but, oddly, not the UP-7V sighting device that is designed to be used in tandem with it. Note that it is a combination of the two sighting systems that is the defining feature of the V2 variant. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

File:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg

2018-11-12T13:33:40Z

OngYingGao: OngYingGao uploaded a new version of "File:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg"

Squad

2018-11-12T13:00:59Z

OngYingGao: /* L123A2 UGL */ we kinda did it in the MAG 58 entry so i think it's fine to not have the abbreviation in the caption

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] feeds from 30-round box magazines, and may either come equipped with either a round handguard or a KAC railed handguard. The former configuration is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, and the latter is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman.

The Militia rifleman's M4 Carbine only has a carry handle rear sight, but his squad leader's comes with a M68 mounted onto the rear sight. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 in the Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[file:AK74 with NSPU scope.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with NSPU mounted - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Para==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Para]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Product Improvement Package (PIP), which is likely to be the basis for its in-game designation. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", the perfect name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 Underslung Grenade Launcher mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather M72A9s designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].
[[file:M72lawopen.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72 LAW - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS-45|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7V but, oddly, not the UP-7V sighting device that is designed to be used in tandem with it. Note that it is a combination of the two sighting systems that is the defining feature of the V2 variant. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Squad

2018-11-12T12:42:08Z

OngYingGao: /* SIG-Sauer P320 */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] feeds from 30-round box magazines, and may either come equipped with either a round handguard or a KAC railed handguard. The former configuration is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, and the latter is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman.

The Militia rifleman's M4 Carbine only has a carry handle rear sight, but his squad leader's comes with a M68 mounted onto the rear sight. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 in the Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[file:AK74 with NSPU scope.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with NSPU mounted - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Para==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Para]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Product Improvement Package (PIP), which is likely to be the basis for its in-game designation. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", the perfect name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 UGL (Underslung Grenade Launcher) mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather M72A9s designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].
[[file:M72lawopen.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72 LAW - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS-45|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7V but, oddly, not the UP-7V sighting device that is designed to be used in tandem with it. Note that it is a combination of the two sighting systems that is the defining feature of the V2 variant. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Talk:Squad

2018-11-11T17:41:15Z

OngYingGao: /* FN FAL (StG 58?), 9M133 Kornet ATGM and RPG-29 in V12 update */

Squad

2018-11-11T16:38:58Z

OngYingGao: /* RPG-7V2 */

{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}

'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the game is currently in development and is available as an Early Access title.

{{VG Title}}
__TOC__ 

=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theatres involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity). In a game of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:

*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defence, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti-Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armoured vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Scout, who is equipped with binoculars for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.

Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality; it is only available for select weapons that have ranging features in real life, and the available distances depend on what ranges are available for the weapon's ranging feature. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

=Pistols=
==SIG-Sauer P320==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine for comparison - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SIG-Sauer P320 in first person - the two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have messed up their Amazon order.]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money.]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - Note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles.]]

==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It is available to all US Army classes less the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 16-round box magazines when it should be 15. The marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each. Note that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, but rather by the US Marine Corps in small numbers.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]

==MP-443==
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]

==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes less the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]

==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips.
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

==Makarov PM==
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]

=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]

=Semi-Automatic Carbines=
== SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS is also the only rifle in the game with a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]

=Assault Rifles=
==Colt M4A1==
The [[M4A1|Colt M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]

==Colt M4 Carbine==
The [[M4 carbine|Colt M4 Carbine]] feeds from 30-round box magazines, and may either come equipped with either a round handguard or a KAC railed handguard. The former configuration is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, and the latter is available to all US Army classes less the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman.

The Militia rifleman's M4 Carbine only has a carry handle rear sight, but his squad leader's comes with a M68 mounted onto the rear sight. The US Army squad leader and rifleman's M4 Carbines has a Trijicon TA31RCO (designated "M150 RCO") mounted, and the former's is loaded with tracer rounds. The medic, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank's have M68 CCOs mounted, with the grenadier's having an additional [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] mounted. The crewman and lead crewman use stock rifles.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]

==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defence railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 in the Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]

==L22A2==
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it naturally shares the same sight picture as its [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|bigger brother]] above.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]

==AK-74==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]

==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]

==AKS-74N==
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[file:AK74 with NSPU scope.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with NSPU mounted - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]

==AK-74M==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes less the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]

==AKS-74U==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U.]]

==AKM==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]

==AKMS==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]

==PM md. 63==
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]

==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]

=Battle Rifles=
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]

==StG 58==
The StG 58 variant of the [[FN FAL]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:FN-LAR-with-Wood-Stock.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN FAL - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]

=Light Machine Guns=
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

==M249 SAW==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 SAW]] appears in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi". It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]

==M249 Para==
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Para]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Product Improvement Package (PIP), which is likely to be the basis for its in-game designation. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]

==FN Minimi Para==
The [[FN Minimi|FN Minimi Para]], posing as the British L110A2, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi", the perfect name to describe the blend of the two variants. It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

Note that while the actual L110A2 LMG may come with picatinny rails, those are built on top of the L85-style base rail designed to fit the SUSAT. Additionally, the sights on the L110A2 are also unique in order to accommodate the aforementioned base rail.
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN Minimi Para in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]

==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]

==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]

==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]

==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]

=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]

==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]]. It is available to the British Army machine gunner, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 GPMG does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]

==PKM==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]

==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg.
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]

=Marksman Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (less the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]

==SVD==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wooden furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer.]]

=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]

==Knight's Armament M203A1==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|KAC M203A1]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down. As of the current build, the M203A1 uses the same smoke grenade models for all 3 colours.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KAC M203A1 mounted on an M4A1- 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]

==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[file:L85A2 with UGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L123A2 UGL (Underslung Grenade Launcher) mounted on an L85A2 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]

=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket Launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like Grenade Launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but is now equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather M72A9s designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, it is meant to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]].
[[file:M72lawopen.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72 LAW - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]

==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS". Note that the AT4-CS is usually used in a light anti-tank capacity, but this may be a placeholder for the US Army's [[FGM-148 Javelin]].

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its legacy and ineffective [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]

==RPG-7V2==
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes have one extra less OG-7V warhead to make compensate for their [[Squad#SKS-45|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7V but, oddly, not the UP-7V sighting device that is designed to be used in tandem with it. Note that it is a combination of the two sighting systems that is the defining feature of the V2 variant. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V.]]

==RPG-26==
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]

==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armoured vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:RPG-29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]

=Frag Grenades=
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier and heavy anti-tank. Previously, as with the other hand grenades, the player could see the spoon fly off when throwing it.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]

==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]

==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]

==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]

=Smoke Grenades=
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that M18s are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]

==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]

==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes less the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]

==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are almost similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]

= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]

==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]

==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]

=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]

==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]

==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]

=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]

==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacedment by the Kord, but as of now they are still issued to units.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]

==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armour, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]

==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]

==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]

==KPVT==
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]

=Other Mounted Weapons=
This section covers all the rest of the deployable or vehicle-mounted weapons, with Mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
==2A72==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT on the left, and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB).]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]

==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]

==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]

==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]

[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]